blob: de5c68f776781e95f04c46cfcd870a027b12ecbe [file] [log] [blame]
Chris Lattnerf2836d12007-03-31 04:06:36 +00001//===- CodeGenPrepare.cpp - Prepare a function for code generation --------===//
2//
3// The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
4//
Chris Lattnerf3ebc3f2007-12-29 20:36:04 +00005// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
6// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
Chris Lattnerf2836d12007-03-31 04:06:36 +00007//
8//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
9//
10// This pass munges the code in the input function to better prepare it for
Gordon Henriksen829046b2008-05-08 17:46:35 +000011// SelectionDAG-based code generation. This works around limitations in it's
12// basic-block-at-a-time approach. It should eventually be removed.
Chris Lattnerf2836d12007-03-31 04:06:36 +000013//
14//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
15
Quentin Colombeta3490842014-02-22 00:07:45 +000016#include "llvm/CodeGen/Passes.h"
Chandler Carruthed0881b2012-12-03 16:50:05 +000017#include "llvm/ADT/DenseMap.h"
18#include "llvm/ADT/SmallSet.h"
19#include "llvm/ADT/Statistic.h"
Chandler Carruthed0881b2012-12-03 16:50:05 +000020#include "llvm/Analysis/InstructionSimplify.h"
Chandler Carruth62d42152015-01-15 02:16:27 +000021#include "llvm/Analysis/TargetLibraryInfo.h"
Quentin Colombetc32615d2014-10-31 17:52:53 +000022#include "llvm/Analysis/TargetTransformInfo.h"
Sanjay Patel69a50a12015-10-19 21:59:12 +000023#include "llvm/Analysis/ValueTracking.h"
Chandler Carruth219b89b2014-03-04 11:01:28 +000024#include "llvm/IR/CallSite.h"
Chandler Carruth9fb823b2013-01-02 11:36:10 +000025#include "llvm/IR/Constants.h"
26#include "llvm/IR/DataLayout.h"
27#include "llvm/IR/DerivedTypes.h"
Chandler Carruth5ad5f152014-01-13 09:26:24 +000028#include "llvm/IR/Dominators.h"
Chandler Carruth9fb823b2013-01-02 11:36:10 +000029#include "llvm/IR/Function.h"
Chandler Carruth03eb0de2014-03-04 10:40:04 +000030#include "llvm/IR/GetElementPtrTypeIterator.h"
Chandler Carruth9fb823b2013-01-02 11:36:10 +000031#include "llvm/IR/IRBuilder.h"
32#include "llvm/IR/InlineAsm.h"
33#include "llvm/IR/Instructions.h"
34#include "llvm/IR/IntrinsicInst.h"
Juergen Ributzkac1bbcbb2014-12-09 16:36:13 +000035#include "llvm/IR/MDBuilder.h"
Chandler Carruth820a9082014-03-04 11:08:18 +000036#include "llvm/IR/PatternMatch.h"
Ramkumar Ramachandradba73292015-01-14 23:27:07 +000037#include "llvm/IR/Statepoint.h"
Chandler Carruth4220e9c2014-03-04 11:17:44 +000038#include "llvm/IR/ValueHandle.h"
Chandler Carrutha4ea2692014-03-04 11:26:31 +000039#include "llvm/IR/ValueMap.h"
Chris Lattnerf2836d12007-03-31 04:06:36 +000040#include "llvm/Pass.h"
Evan Cheng8b637b12010-08-17 01:34:49 +000041#include "llvm/Support/CommandLine.h"
Evan Chengd3d80172007-12-05 23:58:20 +000042#include "llvm/Support/Debug.h"
Chandler Carruthaafe0912012-06-29 12:38:19 +000043#include "llvm/Support/raw_ostream.h"
Chandler Carruthaafe0912012-06-29 12:38:19 +000044#include "llvm/Target/TargetLowering.h"
Hal Finkelc3998302014-04-12 00:59:48 +000045#include "llvm/Target/TargetSubtargetInfo.h"
Chandler Carruthaafe0912012-06-29 12:38:19 +000046#include "llvm/Transforms/Utils/BasicBlockUtils.h"
47#include "llvm/Transforms/Utils/BuildLibCalls.h"
Preston Gurdcdf540d2012-09-04 18:22:17 +000048#include "llvm/Transforms/Utils/BypassSlowDivision.h"
Chandler Carruthaafe0912012-06-29 12:38:19 +000049#include "llvm/Transforms/Utils/Local.h"
Ahmed Bougachae03bef72015-01-12 17:22:43 +000050#include "llvm/Transforms/Utils/SimplifyLibCalls.h"
Chris Lattnerf2836d12007-03-31 04:06:36 +000051using namespace llvm;
Chris Lattnerd616ef52008-11-25 04:42:10 +000052using namespace llvm::PatternMatch;
Chris Lattnerf2836d12007-03-31 04:06:36 +000053
Chandler Carruth1b9dde02014-04-22 02:02:50 +000054#define DEBUG_TYPE "codegenprepare"
55
Cameron Zwarichced753f2011-01-05 17:27:27 +000056STATISTIC(NumBlocksElim, "Number of blocks eliminated");
Evan Cheng0663f232011-03-21 01:19:09 +000057STATISTIC(NumPHIsElim, "Number of trivial PHIs eliminated");
58STATISTIC(NumGEPsElim, "Number of GEPs converted to casts");
Cameron Zwarichced753f2011-01-05 17:27:27 +000059STATISTIC(NumCmpUses, "Number of uses of Cmp expressions replaced with uses of "
60 "sunken Cmps");
61STATISTIC(NumCastUses, "Number of uses of Cast expressions replaced with uses "
62 "of sunken Casts");
63STATISTIC(NumMemoryInsts, "Number of memory instructions whose address "
64 "computations were sunk");
Evan Cheng0663f232011-03-21 01:19:09 +000065STATISTIC(NumExtsMoved, "Number of [s|z]ext instructions combined with loads");
66STATISTIC(NumExtUses, "Number of uses of [s|z]ext instructions optimized");
67STATISTIC(NumRetsDup, "Number of return instructions duplicated");
Devang Patel53771ba2011-08-18 00:50:51 +000068STATISTIC(NumDbgValueMoved, "Number of debug value instructions moved");
Benjamin Kramer047d7ca2012-05-05 12:49:22 +000069STATISTIC(NumSelectsExpanded, "Number of selects turned into branches");
Tim Northovercea0abb2014-03-29 08:22:29 +000070STATISTIC(NumAndCmpsMoved, "Number of and/cmp's pushed into branches");
Quentin Colombetc32615d2014-10-31 17:52:53 +000071STATISTIC(NumStoreExtractExposed, "Number of store(extractelement) exposed");
Jakob Stoklund Oleseneb12f492010-09-30 20:51:52 +000072
Cameron Zwarich338d3622011-03-11 21:52:04 +000073static cl::opt<bool> DisableBranchOpts(
74 "disable-cgp-branch-opts", cl::Hidden, cl::init(false),
75 cl::desc("Disable branch optimizations in CodeGenPrepare"));
76
Ramkumar Ramachandradba73292015-01-14 23:27:07 +000077static cl::opt<bool>
78 DisableGCOpts("disable-cgp-gc-opts", cl::Hidden, cl::init(false),
79 cl::desc("Disable GC optimizations in CodeGenPrepare"));
80
Benjamin Kramer3d38c172012-05-06 14:25:16 +000081static cl::opt<bool> DisableSelectToBranch(
82 "disable-cgp-select2branch", cl::Hidden, cl::init(false),
83 cl::desc("Disable select to branch conversion."));
Benjamin Kramer047d7ca2012-05-05 12:49:22 +000084
Hal Finkelc3998302014-04-12 00:59:48 +000085static cl::opt<bool> AddrSinkUsingGEPs(
86 "addr-sink-using-gep", cl::Hidden, cl::init(false),
87 cl::desc("Address sinking in CGP using GEPs."));
88
Tim Northovercea0abb2014-03-29 08:22:29 +000089static cl::opt<bool> EnableAndCmpSinking(
90 "enable-andcmp-sinking", cl::Hidden, cl::init(true),
91 cl::desc("Enable sinkinig and/cmp into branches."));
92
Quentin Colombetc32615d2014-10-31 17:52:53 +000093static cl::opt<bool> DisableStoreExtract(
94 "disable-cgp-store-extract", cl::Hidden, cl::init(false),
95 cl::desc("Disable store(extract) optimizations in CodeGenPrepare"));
96
97static cl::opt<bool> StressStoreExtract(
98 "stress-cgp-store-extract", cl::Hidden, cl::init(false),
99 cl::desc("Stress test store(extract) optimizations in CodeGenPrepare"));
100
Quentin Colombetfc2201e2014-12-17 01:36:17 +0000101static cl::opt<bool> DisableExtLdPromotion(
102 "disable-cgp-ext-ld-promotion", cl::Hidden, cl::init(false),
103 cl::desc("Disable ext(promotable(ld)) -> promoted(ext(ld)) optimization in "
104 "CodeGenPrepare"));
105
106static cl::opt<bool> StressExtLdPromotion(
107 "stress-cgp-ext-ld-promotion", cl::Hidden, cl::init(false),
108 cl::desc("Stress test ext(promotable(ld)) -> promoted(ext(ld)) "
109 "optimization in CodeGenPrepare"));
110
Eric Christopherc1ea1492008-09-24 05:32:41 +0000111namespace {
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +0000112typedef SmallPtrSet<Instruction *, 16> SetOfInstrs;
Benjamin Kramer4cd5faa2015-07-31 17:00:39 +0000113typedef PointerIntPair<Type *, 1, bool> TypeIsSExt;
Quentin Colombetf5485bb2014-11-13 01:44:51 +0000114typedef DenseMap<Instruction *, TypeIsSExt> InstrToOrigTy;
Quentin Colombetfc2201e2014-12-17 01:36:17 +0000115class TypePromotionTransaction;
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +0000116
Chris Lattner2dd09db2009-09-02 06:11:42 +0000117 class CodeGenPrepare : public FunctionPass {
Bill Wendling7a639ea2013-06-19 21:07:11 +0000118 const TargetMachine *TM;
Chris Lattnerf2836d12007-03-31 04:06:36 +0000119 const TargetLowering *TLI;
Quentin Colombetc32615d2014-10-31 17:52:53 +0000120 const TargetTransformInfo *TTI;
Chad Rosierc24b86f2011-12-01 03:08:23 +0000121 const TargetLibraryInfo *TLInfo;
Nadav Rotem465834c2012-07-24 10:51:42 +0000122
Sanjay Patel4ac6b112015-09-21 22:47:23 +0000123 /// As we scan instructions optimizing them, this is the next instruction
124 /// to optimize. Transforms that can invalidate this should update it.
Chris Lattner7a277142011-01-15 07:14:54 +0000125 BasicBlock::iterator CurInstIterator;
Evan Cheng3b3de7c2008-12-19 18:03:11 +0000126
Evan Cheng0663f232011-03-21 01:19:09 +0000127 /// Keeps track of non-local addresses that have been sunk into a block.
128 /// This allows us to avoid inserting duplicate code for blocks with
129 /// multiple load/stores of the same address.
Nick Lewycky5fb19632013-05-08 09:00:10 +0000130 ValueMap<Value*, Value*> SunkAddrs;
Cameron Zwarichce3b9302011-01-06 00:42:50 +0000131
Ahmed Bougachaf3299142015-06-17 20:44:32 +0000132 /// Keeps track of all instructions inserted for the current function.
133 SetOfInstrs InsertedInsts;
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +0000134 /// Keeps track of the type of the related instruction before their
135 /// promotion for the current function.
136 InstrToOrigTy PromotedInsts;
137
Sanjay Patel4ac6b112015-09-21 22:47:23 +0000138 /// True if CFG is modified in any way.
Devang Patel8f606d72011-03-24 15:35:25 +0000139 bool ModifiedDT;
Evan Cheng0663f232011-03-21 01:19:09 +0000140
Sanjay Patel4ac6b112015-09-21 22:47:23 +0000141 /// True if optimizing for size.
Benjamin Kramer047d7ca2012-05-05 12:49:22 +0000142 bool OptSize;
143
Mehdi Amini4fe37982015-07-07 18:45:17 +0000144 /// DataLayout for the Function being processed.
145 const DataLayout *DL;
146
Chris Lattnerf2836d12007-03-31 04:06:36 +0000147 public:
Nick Lewyckye7da2d62007-05-06 13:37:16 +0000148 static char ID; // Pass identification, replacement for typeid
Craig Topperc0196b12014-04-14 00:51:57 +0000149 explicit CodeGenPrepare(const TargetMachine *TM = nullptr)
Mehdi Amini4fe37982015-07-07 18:45:17 +0000150 : FunctionPass(ID), TM(TM), TLI(nullptr), TTI(nullptr), DL(nullptr) {
Owen Anderson6c18d1a2010-10-19 17:21:58 +0000151 initializeCodeGenPreparePass(*PassRegistry::getPassRegistry());
152 }
Craig Topper4584cd52014-03-07 09:26:03 +0000153 bool runOnFunction(Function &F) override;
Eric Christopherc1ea1492008-09-24 05:32:41 +0000154
Craig Topper4584cd52014-03-07 09:26:03 +0000155 const char *getPassName() const override { return "CodeGen Prepare"; }
Evan Cheng99cafb12012-12-21 01:48:14 +0000156
Craig Topper4584cd52014-03-07 09:26:03 +0000157 void getAnalysisUsage(AnalysisUsage &AU) const override {
Chandler Carruth73523022014-01-13 13:07:17 +0000158 AU.addPreserved<DominatorTreeWrapperPass>();
Chandler Carruthb98f63d2015-01-15 10:41:28 +0000159 AU.addRequired<TargetLibraryInfoWrapperPass>();
Chandler Carruth705b1852015-01-31 03:43:40 +0000160 AU.addRequired<TargetTransformInfoWrapperPass>();
Andreas Neustifterf8cb7582009-09-16 09:26:52 +0000161 }
162
Chris Lattnerf2836d12007-03-31 04:06:36 +0000163 private:
Sanjay Patelfc580a62015-09-21 23:03:16 +0000164 bool eliminateFallThrough(Function &F);
165 bool eliminateMostlyEmptyBlocks(Function &F);
166 bool canMergeBlocks(const BasicBlock *BB, const BasicBlock *DestBB) const;
167 void eliminateMostlyEmptyBlock(BasicBlock *BB);
168 bool optimizeBlock(BasicBlock &BB, bool& ModifiedDT);
169 bool optimizeInst(Instruction *I, bool& ModifiedDT);
170 bool optimizeMemoryInst(Instruction *I, Value *Addr,
Matt Arsenaultf72b49b2015-06-04 16:17:38 +0000171 Type *AccessTy, unsigned AS);
Sanjay Patelfc580a62015-09-21 23:03:16 +0000172 bool optimizeInlineAsmInst(CallInst *CS);
173 bool optimizeCallInst(CallInst *CI, bool& ModifiedDT);
174 bool moveExtToFormExtLoad(Instruction *&I);
175 bool optimizeExtUses(Instruction *I);
176 bool optimizeSelectInst(SelectInst *SI);
177 bool optimizeShuffleVectorInst(ShuffleVectorInst *SI);
Sanjay Patel0ed9aea2015-11-02 23:22:49 +0000178 bool optimizeSwitchInst(SwitchInst *CI);
Sanjay Patelfc580a62015-09-21 23:03:16 +0000179 bool optimizeExtractElementInst(Instruction *Inst);
180 bool dupRetToEnableTailCallOpts(BasicBlock *BB);
181 bool placeDbgValues(Function &F);
Tim Northovercea0abb2014-03-29 08:22:29 +0000182 bool sinkAndCmp(Function &F);
Sanjay Patelfc580a62015-09-21 23:03:16 +0000183 bool extLdPromotion(TypePromotionTransaction &TPT, LoadInst *&LI,
Quentin Colombetfc2201e2014-12-17 01:36:17 +0000184 Instruction *&Inst,
185 const SmallVectorImpl<Instruction *> &Exts,
Quentin Colombet1b274f92015-03-10 21:48:15 +0000186 unsigned CreatedInstCost);
Juergen Ributzkac1bbcbb2014-12-09 16:36:13 +0000187 bool splitBranchCondition(Function &F);
Ramkumar Ramachandradba73292015-01-14 23:27:07 +0000188 bool simplifyOffsetableRelocate(Instruction &I);
Piotr Padlewski6c15ec42015-09-15 18:32:14 +0000189 void stripInvariantGroupMetadata(Instruction &I);
Chris Lattnerf2836d12007-03-31 04:06:36 +0000190 };
Alexander Kornienkof00654e2015-06-23 09:49:53 +0000191}
Devang Patel09f162c2007-05-01 21:15:47 +0000192
Devang Patel8c78a0b2007-05-03 01:11:54 +0000193char CodeGenPrepare::ID = 0;
Jiangning Liud623c522014-06-11 07:04:37 +0000194INITIALIZE_TM_PASS(CodeGenPrepare, "codegenprepare",
195 "Optimize for code generation", false, false)
Chris Lattnerf2836d12007-03-31 04:06:36 +0000196
Bill Wendling7a639ea2013-06-19 21:07:11 +0000197FunctionPass *llvm::createCodeGenPreparePass(const TargetMachine *TM) {
198 return new CodeGenPrepare(TM);
Chris Lattnerf2836d12007-03-31 04:06:36 +0000199}
200
Chris Lattnerf2836d12007-03-31 04:06:36 +0000201bool CodeGenPrepare::runOnFunction(Function &F) {
Paul Robinson7c99ec52014-03-31 17:43:35 +0000202 if (skipOptnoneFunction(F))
203 return false;
204
Mehdi Amini4fe37982015-07-07 18:45:17 +0000205 DL = &F.getParent()->getDataLayout();
206
Chris Lattnerf2836d12007-03-31 04:06:36 +0000207 bool EverMadeChange = false;
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +0000208 // Clear per function information.
Ahmed Bougachaf3299142015-06-17 20:44:32 +0000209 InsertedInsts.clear();
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +0000210 PromotedInsts.clear();
Eric Christopherc1ea1492008-09-24 05:32:41 +0000211
Devang Patel8f606d72011-03-24 15:35:25 +0000212 ModifiedDT = false;
Eric Christopherd9134482014-08-04 21:25:23 +0000213 if (TM)
Eric Christopherfccff372015-01-27 01:01:38 +0000214 TLI = TM->getSubtargetImpl(F)->getTargetLowering();
Chandler Carruthb98f63d2015-01-15 10:41:28 +0000215 TLInfo = &getAnalysis<TargetLibraryInfoWrapperPass>().getTLI();
Chandler Carruthfdb9c572015-02-01 12:01:35 +0000216 TTI = &getAnalysis<TargetTransformInfoWrapperPass>().getTTI(F);
Sanjay Patel82d91dd2015-08-11 19:39:36 +0000217 OptSize = F.optForSize();
Evan Cheng0663f232011-03-21 01:19:09 +0000218
Preston Gurdcdf540d2012-09-04 18:22:17 +0000219 /// This optimization identifies DIV instructions that can be
220 /// profitably bypassed and carried out with a shorter, faster divide.
Preston Gurd485296d2013-03-04 18:13:57 +0000221 if (!OptSize && TLI && TLI->isSlowDivBypassed()) {
Preston Gurd0d67f512012-10-04 21:33:40 +0000222 const DenseMap<unsigned int, unsigned int> &BypassWidths =
223 TLI->getBypassSlowDivWidths();
Evan Cheng71be12b2012-09-14 21:25:34 +0000224 for (Function::iterator I = F.begin(); I != F.end(); I++)
Preston Gurd0d67f512012-10-04 21:33:40 +0000225 EverMadeChange |= bypassSlowDivision(F, I, BypassWidths);
Preston Gurdcdf540d2012-09-04 18:22:17 +0000226 }
227
228 // Eliminate blocks that contain only PHI nodes and an
Chris Lattnerc3748562007-04-02 01:35:34 +0000229 // unconditional branch.
Sanjay Patelfc580a62015-09-21 23:03:16 +0000230 EverMadeChange |= eliminateMostlyEmptyBlocks(F);
Eric Christopherc1ea1492008-09-24 05:32:41 +0000231
Devang Patel53771ba2011-08-18 00:50:51 +0000232 // llvm.dbg.value is far away from the value then iSel may not be able
Nadav Rotem465834c2012-07-24 10:51:42 +0000233 // handle it properly. iSel will drop llvm.dbg.value if it can not
Devang Patel53771ba2011-08-18 00:50:51 +0000234 // find a node corresponding to the value.
Sanjay Patelfc580a62015-09-21 23:03:16 +0000235 EverMadeChange |= placeDbgValues(F);
Devang Patel53771ba2011-08-18 00:50:51 +0000236
Tim Northovercea0abb2014-03-29 08:22:29 +0000237 // If there is a mask, compare against zero, and branch that can be combined
238 // into a single target instruction, push the mask and compare into branch
239 // users. Do this before OptimizeBlock -> OptimizeInst ->
240 // OptimizeCmpExpression, which perturbs the pattern being searched for.
Juergen Ributzkac1bbcbb2014-12-09 16:36:13 +0000241 if (!DisableBranchOpts) {
Tim Northovercea0abb2014-03-29 08:22:29 +0000242 EverMadeChange |= sinkAndCmp(F);
Juergen Ributzkac1bbcbb2014-12-09 16:36:13 +0000243 EverMadeChange |= splitBranchCondition(F);
244 }
Tim Northovercea0abb2014-03-29 08:22:29 +0000245
Chris Lattnerc3748562007-04-02 01:35:34 +0000246 bool MadeChange = true;
Chris Lattnerf2836d12007-03-31 04:06:36 +0000247 while (MadeChange) {
248 MadeChange = false;
Hans Wennborg02fbc712012-09-19 07:48:16 +0000249 for (Function::iterator I = F.begin(); I != F.end(); ) {
Duncan P. N. Exon Smithd83547a2015-10-09 18:44:40 +0000250 BasicBlock *BB = &*I++;
Elena Demikhovsky87700a72014-12-28 08:54:45 +0000251 bool ModifiedDTOnIteration = false;
Sanjay Patelfc580a62015-09-21 23:03:16 +0000252 MadeChange |= optimizeBlock(*BB, ModifiedDTOnIteration);
Ramkumar Ramachandradba73292015-01-14 23:27:07 +0000253
Elena Demikhovsky87700a72014-12-28 08:54:45 +0000254 // Restart BB iteration if the dominator tree of the Function was changed
Elena Demikhovsky87700a72014-12-28 08:54:45 +0000255 if (ModifiedDTOnIteration)
256 break;
Evan Cheng0663f232011-03-21 01:19:09 +0000257 }
Chris Lattnerf2836d12007-03-31 04:06:36 +0000258 EverMadeChange |= MadeChange;
259 }
Cameron Zwarichce3b9302011-01-06 00:42:50 +0000260
261 SunkAddrs.clear();
262
Cameron Zwarich338d3622011-03-11 21:52:04 +0000263 if (!DisableBranchOpts) {
264 MadeChange = false;
Bill Wendling97b93592012-03-04 10:46:01 +0000265 SmallPtrSet<BasicBlock*, 8> WorkList;
Duncan P. N. Exon Smith5914a972015-01-08 20:44:33 +0000266 for (BasicBlock &BB : F) {
267 SmallVector<BasicBlock *, 2> Successors(succ_begin(&BB), succ_end(&BB));
268 MadeChange |= ConstantFoldTerminator(&BB, true);
Bill Wendling97b93592012-03-04 10:46:01 +0000269 if (!MadeChange) continue;
270
271 for (SmallVectorImpl<BasicBlock*>::iterator
272 II = Successors.begin(), IE = Successors.end(); II != IE; ++II)
273 if (pred_begin(*II) == pred_end(*II))
274 WorkList.insert(*II);
275 }
276
Bill Wendlingf3614fd2012-11-28 23:23:48 +0000277 // Delete the dead blocks and any of their dead successors.
Bill Wendlingab417b62012-12-06 00:30:20 +0000278 MadeChange |= !WorkList.empty();
Bill Wendlingf3614fd2012-11-28 23:23:48 +0000279 while (!WorkList.empty()) {
280 BasicBlock *BB = *WorkList.begin();
281 WorkList.erase(BB);
282 SmallVector<BasicBlock*, 2> Successors(succ_begin(BB), succ_end(BB));
283
284 DeleteDeadBlock(BB);
Stephen Lin837bba12013-07-15 17:55:02 +0000285
Bill Wendlingf3614fd2012-11-28 23:23:48 +0000286 for (SmallVectorImpl<BasicBlock*>::iterator
287 II = Successors.begin(), IE = Successors.end(); II != IE; ++II)
288 if (pred_begin(*II) == pred_end(*II))
289 WorkList.insert(*II);
290 }
Cameron Zwarich338d3622011-03-11 21:52:04 +0000291
Nadav Rotem70409992012-08-14 05:19:07 +0000292 // Merge pairs of basic blocks with unconditional branches, connected by
293 // a single edge.
294 if (EverMadeChange || MadeChange)
Sanjay Patelfc580a62015-09-21 23:03:16 +0000295 MadeChange |= eliminateFallThrough(F);
Nadav Rotem70409992012-08-14 05:19:07 +0000296
Cameron Zwarich338d3622011-03-11 21:52:04 +0000297 EverMadeChange |= MadeChange;
298 }
299
Ramkumar Ramachandradba73292015-01-14 23:27:07 +0000300 if (!DisableGCOpts) {
301 SmallVector<Instruction *, 2> Statepoints;
302 for (BasicBlock &BB : F)
303 for (Instruction &I : BB)
304 if (isStatepoint(I))
305 Statepoints.push_back(&I);
306 for (auto &I : Statepoints)
307 EverMadeChange |= simplifyOffsetableRelocate(*I);
308 }
309
Chris Lattnerf2836d12007-03-31 04:06:36 +0000310 return EverMadeChange;
311}
312
Sanjay Patel4ac6b112015-09-21 22:47:23 +0000313/// Merge basic blocks which are connected by a single edge, where one of the
314/// basic blocks has a single successor pointing to the other basic block,
315/// which has a single predecessor.
Sanjay Patelfc580a62015-09-21 23:03:16 +0000316bool CodeGenPrepare::eliminateFallThrough(Function &F) {
Nadav Rotem70409992012-08-14 05:19:07 +0000317 bool Changed = false;
318 // Scan all of the blocks in the function, except for the entry block.
Benjamin Kramerb6d0bd42014-03-02 12:27:27 +0000319 for (Function::iterator I = std::next(F.begin()), E = F.end(); I != E;) {
Duncan P. N. Exon Smithd83547a2015-10-09 18:44:40 +0000320 BasicBlock *BB = &*I++;
Nadav Rotem70409992012-08-14 05:19:07 +0000321 // If the destination block has a single pred, then this is a trivial
322 // edge, just collapse it.
323 BasicBlock *SinglePred = BB->getSinglePredecessor();
324
Evan Cheng64a223a2012-09-28 23:58:57 +0000325 // Don't merge if BB's address is taken.
326 if (!SinglePred || SinglePred == BB || BB->hasAddressTaken()) continue;
Nadav Rotem70409992012-08-14 05:19:07 +0000327
328 BranchInst *Term = dyn_cast<BranchInst>(SinglePred->getTerminator());
329 if (Term && !Term->isConditional()) {
330 Changed = true;
Michael Liao6e12d122012-08-21 05:55:22 +0000331 DEBUG(dbgs() << "To merge:\n"<< *SinglePred << "\n\n\n");
Nadav Rotem70409992012-08-14 05:19:07 +0000332 // Remember if SinglePred was the entry block of the function.
333 // If so, we will need to move BB back to the entry position.
334 bool isEntry = SinglePred == &SinglePred->getParent()->getEntryBlock();
Quentin Colombet7bdd50d2015-03-18 23:17:28 +0000335 MergeBasicBlockIntoOnlyPred(BB, nullptr);
Nadav Rotem70409992012-08-14 05:19:07 +0000336
337 if (isEntry && BB != &BB->getParent()->getEntryBlock())
338 BB->moveBefore(&BB->getParent()->getEntryBlock());
339
340 // We have erased a block. Update the iterator.
Duncan P. N. Exon Smithd83547a2015-10-09 18:44:40 +0000341 I = BB->getIterator();
Nadav Rotem70409992012-08-14 05:19:07 +0000342 }
343 }
344 return Changed;
345}
346
Sanjay Patel4ac6b112015-09-21 22:47:23 +0000347/// Eliminate blocks that contain only PHI nodes, debug info directives, and an
348/// unconditional branch. Passes before isel (e.g. LSR/loopsimplify) often split
349/// edges in ways that are non-optimal for isel. Start by eliminating these
350/// blocks so we can split them the way we want them.
Sanjay Patelfc580a62015-09-21 23:03:16 +0000351bool CodeGenPrepare::eliminateMostlyEmptyBlocks(Function &F) {
Chris Lattnerc3748562007-04-02 01:35:34 +0000352 bool MadeChange = false;
353 // Note that this intentionally skips the entry block.
Benjamin Kramerb6d0bd42014-03-02 12:27:27 +0000354 for (Function::iterator I = std::next(F.begin()), E = F.end(); I != E;) {
Duncan P. N. Exon Smithd83547a2015-10-09 18:44:40 +0000355 BasicBlock *BB = &*I++;
Chris Lattnerc3748562007-04-02 01:35:34 +0000356
357 // If this block doesn't end with an uncond branch, ignore it.
358 BranchInst *BI = dyn_cast<BranchInst>(BB->getTerminator());
359 if (!BI || !BI->isUnconditional())
360 continue;
Eric Christopherc1ea1492008-09-24 05:32:41 +0000361
Dale Johannesen4026b042009-03-27 01:13:37 +0000362 // If the instruction before the branch (skipping debug info) isn't a phi
363 // node, then other stuff is happening here.
Duncan P. N. Exon Smithd83547a2015-10-09 18:44:40 +0000364 BasicBlock::iterator BBI = BI->getIterator();
Chris Lattnerc3748562007-04-02 01:35:34 +0000365 if (BBI != BB->begin()) {
366 --BBI;
Dale Johannesen4026b042009-03-27 01:13:37 +0000367 while (isa<DbgInfoIntrinsic>(BBI)) {
368 if (BBI == BB->begin())
369 break;
370 --BBI;
371 }
372 if (!isa<DbgInfoIntrinsic>(BBI) && !isa<PHINode>(BBI))
373 continue;
Chris Lattnerc3748562007-04-02 01:35:34 +0000374 }
Eric Christopherc1ea1492008-09-24 05:32:41 +0000375
Chris Lattnerc3748562007-04-02 01:35:34 +0000376 // Do not break infinite loops.
377 BasicBlock *DestBB = BI->getSuccessor(0);
378 if (DestBB == BB)
379 continue;
Eric Christopherc1ea1492008-09-24 05:32:41 +0000380
Sanjay Patelfc580a62015-09-21 23:03:16 +0000381 if (!canMergeBlocks(BB, DestBB))
Chris Lattnerc3748562007-04-02 01:35:34 +0000382 continue;
Eric Christopherc1ea1492008-09-24 05:32:41 +0000383
Sanjay Patelfc580a62015-09-21 23:03:16 +0000384 eliminateMostlyEmptyBlock(BB);
Chris Lattnerc3748562007-04-02 01:35:34 +0000385 MadeChange = true;
386 }
387 return MadeChange;
388}
389
Sanjay Patel4ac6b112015-09-21 22:47:23 +0000390/// Return true if we can merge BB into DestBB if there is a single
391/// unconditional branch between them, and BB contains no other non-phi
Chris Lattnerc3748562007-04-02 01:35:34 +0000392/// instructions.
Sanjay Patelfc580a62015-09-21 23:03:16 +0000393bool CodeGenPrepare::canMergeBlocks(const BasicBlock *BB,
Chris Lattnerc3748562007-04-02 01:35:34 +0000394 const BasicBlock *DestBB) const {
395 // We only want to eliminate blocks whose phi nodes are used by phi nodes in
396 // the successor. If there are more complex condition (e.g. preheaders),
397 // don't mess around with them.
398 BasicBlock::const_iterator BBI = BB->begin();
399 while (const PHINode *PN = dyn_cast<PHINode>(BBI++)) {
Chandler Carruthcdf47882014-03-09 03:16:01 +0000400 for (const User *U : PN->users()) {
401 const Instruction *UI = cast<Instruction>(U);
402 if (UI->getParent() != DestBB || !isa<PHINode>(UI))
Chris Lattnerc3748562007-04-02 01:35:34 +0000403 return false;
Eric Christopherc1ea1492008-09-24 05:32:41 +0000404 // If User is inside DestBB block and it is a PHINode then check
405 // incoming value. If incoming value is not from BB then this is
Devang Pateld3208522007-04-25 00:37:04 +0000406 // a complex condition (e.g. preheaders) we want to avoid here.
Chandler Carruthcdf47882014-03-09 03:16:01 +0000407 if (UI->getParent() == DestBB) {
408 if (const PHINode *UPN = dyn_cast<PHINode>(UI))
Devang Pateld3208522007-04-25 00:37:04 +0000409 for (unsigned I = 0, E = UPN->getNumIncomingValues(); I != E; ++I) {
410 Instruction *Insn = dyn_cast<Instruction>(UPN->getIncomingValue(I));
411 if (Insn && Insn->getParent() == BB &&
412 Insn->getParent() != UPN->getIncomingBlock(I))
413 return false;
414 }
415 }
Chris Lattnerc3748562007-04-02 01:35:34 +0000416 }
417 }
Eric Christopherc1ea1492008-09-24 05:32:41 +0000418
Chris Lattnerc3748562007-04-02 01:35:34 +0000419 // If BB and DestBB contain any common predecessors, then the phi nodes in BB
420 // and DestBB may have conflicting incoming values for the block. If so, we
421 // can't merge the block.
422 const PHINode *DestBBPN = dyn_cast<PHINode>(DestBB->begin());
423 if (!DestBBPN) return true; // no conflict.
Eric Christopherc1ea1492008-09-24 05:32:41 +0000424
Chris Lattnerc3748562007-04-02 01:35:34 +0000425 // Collect the preds of BB.
Chris Lattner8201a9b2007-11-06 22:07:40 +0000426 SmallPtrSet<const BasicBlock*, 16> BBPreds;
Chris Lattnerc3748562007-04-02 01:35:34 +0000427 if (const PHINode *BBPN = dyn_cast<PHINode>(BB->begin())) {
428 // It is faster to get preds from a PHI than with pred_iterator.
429 for (unsigned i = 0, e = BBPN->getNumIncomingValues(); i != e; ++i)
430 BBPreds.insert(BBPN->getIncomingBlock(i));
431 } else {
432 BBPreds.insert(pred_begin(BB), pred_end(BB));
433 }
Eric Christopherc1ea1492008-09-24 05:32:41 +0000434
Chris Lattnerc3748562007-04-02 01:35:34 +0000435 // Walk the preds of DestBB.
436 for (unsigned i = 0, e = DestBBPN->getNumIncomingValues(); i != e; ++i) {
437 BasicBlock *Pred = DestBBPN->getIncomingBlock(i);
438 if (BBPreds.count(Pred)) { // Common predecessor?
439 BBI = DestBB->begin();
440 while (const PHINode *PN = dyn_cast<PHINode>(BBI++)) {
441 const Value *V1 = PN->getIncomingValueForBlock(Pred);
442 const Value *V2 = PN->getIncomingValueForBlock(BB);
Eric Christopherc1ea1492008-09-24 05:32:41 +0000443
Chris Lattnerc3748562007-04-02 01:35:34 +0000444 // If V2 is a phi node in BB, look up what the mapped value will be.
445 if (const PHINode *V2PN = dyn_cast<PHINode>(V2))
446 if (V2PN->getParent() == BB)
447 V2 = V2PN->getIncomingValueForBlock(Pred);
Eric Christopherc1ea1492008-09-24 05:32:41 +0000448
Chris Lattnerc3748562007-04-02 01:35:34 +0000449 // If there is a conflict, bail out.
450 if (V1 != V2) return false;
451 }
452 }
453 }
454
455 return true;
456}
457
458
Sanjay Patel4ac6b112015-09-21 22:47:23 +0000459/// Eliminate a basic block that has only phi's and an unconditional branch in
460/// it.
Sanjay Patelfc580a62015-09-21 23:03:16 +0000461void CodeGenPrepare::eliminateMostlyEmptyBlock(BasicBlock *BB) {
Chris Lattnerc3748562007-04-02 01:35:34 +0000462 BranchInst *BI = cast<BranchInst>(BB->getTerminator());
463 BasicBlock *DestBB = BI->getSuccessor(0);
Eric Christopherc1ea1492008-09-24 05:32:41 +0000464
David Greene74e2d492010-01-05 01:27:11 +0000465 DEBUG(dbgs() << "MERGING MOSTLY EMPTY BLOCKS - BEFORE:\n" << *BB << *DestBB);
Eric Christopherc1ea1492008-09-24 05:32:41 +0000466
Chris Lattnerc3748562007-04-02 01:35:34 +0000467 // If the destination block has a single pred, then this is a trivial edge,
468 // just collapse it.
Chris Lattner4059f432008-11-27 19:29:14 +0000469 if (BasicBlock *SinglePred = DestBB->getSinglePredecessor()) {
Chris Lattner8a172da2008-11-28 19:54:49 +0000470 if (SinglePred != DestBB) {
471 // Remember if SinglePred was the entry block of the function. If so, we
472 // will need to move BB back to the entry position.
473 bool isEntry = SinglePred == &SinglePred->getParent()->getEntryBlock();
Quentin Colombet7bdd50d2015-03-18 23:17:28 +0000474 MergeBasicBlockIntoOnlyPred(DestBB, nullptr);
Chris Lattner4059f432008-11-27 19:29:14 +0000475
Chris Lattner8a172da2008-11-28 19:54:49 +0000476 if (isEntry && BB != &BB->getParent()->getEntryBlock())
477 BB->moveBefore(&BB->getParent()->getEntryBlock());
Nadav Rotem465834c2012-07-24 10:51:42 +0000478
David Greene74e2d492010-01-05 01:27:11 +0000479 DEBUG(dbgs() << "AFTER:\n" << *DestBB << "\n\n\n");
Chris Lattner8a172da2008-11-28 19:54:49 +0000480 return;
481 }
Chris Lattnerc3748562007-04-02 01:35:34 +0000482 }
Eric Christopherc1ea1492008-09-24 05:32:41 +0000483
Chris Lattnerc3748562007-04-02 01:35:34 +0000484 // Otherwise, we have multiple predecessors of BB. Update the PHIs in DestBB
485 // to handle the new incoming edges it is about to have.
486 PHINode *PN;
487 for (BasicBlock::iterator BBI = DestBB->begin();
488 (PN = dyn_cast<PHINode>(BBI)); ++BBI) {
489 // Remove the incoming value for BB, and remember it.
490 Value *InVal = PN->removeIncomingValue(BB, false);
Eric Christopherc1ea1492008-09-24 05:32:41 +0000491
Chris Lattnerc3748562007-04-02 01:35:34 +0000492 // Two options: either the InVal is a phi node defined in BB or it is some
493 // value that dominates BB.
494 PHINode *InValPhi = dyn_cast<PHINode>(InVal);
495 if (InValPhi && InValPhi->getParent() == BB) {
496 // Add all of the input values of the input PHI as inputs of this phi.
497 for (unsigned i = 0, e = InValPhi->getNumIncomingValues(); i != e; ++i)
498 PN->addIncoming(InValPhi->getIncomingValue(i),
499 InValPhi->getIncomingBlock(i));
500 } else {
501 // Otherwise, add one instance of the dominating value for each edge that
502 // we will be adding.
503 if (PHINode *BBPN = dyn_cast<PHINode>(BB->begin())) {
504 for (unsigned i = 0, e = BBPN->getNumIncomingValues(); i != e; ++i)
505 PN->addIncoming(InVal, BBPN->getIncomingBlock(i));
506 } else {
Duncan P. N. Exon Smith6c990152014-07-21 17:06:51 +0000507 for (pred_iterator PI = pred_begin(BB), E = pred_end(BB); PI != E; ++PI)
508 PN->addIncoming(InVal, *PI);
Chris Lattnerc3748562007-04-02 01:35:34 +0000509 }
510 }
511 }
Eric Christopherc1ea1492008-09-24 05:32:41 +0000512
Chris Lattnerc3748562007-04-02 01:35:34 +0000513 // The PHIs are now updated, change everything that refers to BB to use
514 // DestBB and remove BB.
515 BB->replaceAllUsesWith(DestBB);
516 BB->eraseFromParent();
Cameron Zwarichced753f2011-01-05 17:27:27 +0000517 ++NumBlocksElim;
Eric Christopherc1ea1492008-09-24 05:32:41 +0000518
David Greene74e2d492010-01-05 01:27:11 +0000519 DEBUG(dbgs() << "AFTER:\n" << *DestBB << "\n\n\n");
Chris Lattnerc3748562007-04-02 01:35:34 +0000520}
521
Ramkumar Ramachandradba73292015-01-14 23:27:07 +0000522// Computes a map of base pointer relocation instructions to corresponding
523// derived pointer relocation instructions given a vector of all relocate calls
524static void computeBaseDerivedRelocateMap(
525 const SmallVectorImpl<User *> &AllRelocateCalls,
526 DenseMap<IntrinsicInst *, SmallVector<IntrinsicInst *, 2>> &
527 RelocateInstMap) {
528 // Collect information in two maps: one primarily for locating the base object
529 // while filling the second map; the second map is the final structure holding
530 // a mapping between Base and corresponding Derived relocate calls
531 DenseMap<std::pair<unsigned, unsigned>, IntrinsicInst *> RelocateIdxMap;
532 for (auto &U : AllRelocateCalls) {
533 GCRelocateOperands ThisRelocate(U);
534 IntrinsicInst *I = cast<IntrinsicInst>(U);
Sanjoy Das499d7032015-05-06 02:36:26 +0000535 auto K = std::make_pair(ThisRelocate.getBasePtrIndex(),
536 ThisRelocate.getDerivedPtrIndex());
Ramkumar Ramachandradba73292015-01-14 23:27:07 +0000537 RelocateIdxMap.insert(std::make_pair(K, I));
538 }
539 for (auto &Item : RelocateIdxMap) {
540 std::pair<unsigned, unsigned> Key = Item.first;
541 if (Key.first == Key.second)
542 // Base relocation: nothing to insert
543 continue;
544
545 IntrinsicInst *I = Item.second;
546 auto BaseKey = std::make_pair(Key.first, Key.first);
Sanjoy Dasb8186762015-02-27 02:24:16 +0000547
548 // We're iterating over RelocateIdxMap so we cannot modify it.
549 auto MaybeBase = RelocateIdxMap.find(BaseKey);
550 if (MaybeBase == RelocateIdxMap.end())
Ramkumar Ramachandradba73292015-01-14 23:27:07 +0000551 // TODO: We might want to insert a new base object relocate and gep off
552 // that, if there are enough derived object relocates.
553 continue;
Sanjoy Dasb8186762015-02-27 02:24:16 +0000554
555 RelocateInstMap[MaybeBase->second].push_back(I);
Ramkumar Ramachandradba73292015-01-14 23:27:07 +0000556 }
557}
558
559// Accepts a GEP and extracts the operands into a vector provided they're all
560// small integer constants
561static bool getGEPSmallConstantIntOffsetV(GetElementPtrInst *GEP,
562 SmallVectorImpl<Value *> &OffsetV) {
563 for (unsigned i = 1; i < GEP->getNumOperands(); i++) {
564 // Only accept small constant integer operands
565 auto Op = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(GEP->getOperand(i));
566 if (!Op || Op->getZExtValue() > 20)
567 return false;
568 }
569
570 for (unsigned i = 1; i < GEP->getNumOperands(); i++)
571 OffsetV.push_back(GEP->getOperand(i));
572 return true;
573}
574
575// Takes a RelocatedBase (base pointer relocation instruction) and Targets to
576// replace, computes a replacement, and affects it.
577static bool
578simplifyRelocatesOffABase(IntrinsicInst *RelocatedBase,
579 const SmallVectorImpl<IntrinsicInst *> &Targets) {
580 bool MadeChange = false;
581 for (auto &ToReplace : Targets) {
582 GCRelocateOperands MasterRelocate(RelocatedBase);
583 GCRelocateOperands ThisRelocate(ToReplace);
584
Sanjoy Das499d7032015-05-06 02:36:26 +0000585 assert(ThisRelocate.getBasePtrIndex() == MasterRelocate.getBasePtrIndex() &&
Ramkumar Ramachandradba73292015-01-14 23:27:07 +0000586 "Not relocating a derived object of the original base object");
Sanjoy Das499d7032015-05-06 02:36:26 +0000587 if (ThisRelocate.getBasePtrIndex() == ThisRelocate.getDerivedPtrIndex()) {
Ramkumar Ramachandradba73292015-01-14 23:27:07 +0000588 // A duplicate relocate call. TODO: coalesce duplicates.
589 continue;
590 }
591
Igor Laevskyf637b4a2015-11-03 18:37:40 +0000592 if (RelocatedBase->getParent() != ToReplace->getParent()) {
593 // Base and derived relocates are in different basic blocks.
594 // In this case transform is only valid when base dominates derived
595 // relocate. However it would be too expensive to check dominance
596 // for each such relocate, so we skip the whole transformation.
597 continue;
598 }
599
Sanjoy Das499d7032015-05-06 02:36:26 +0000600 Value *Base = ThisRelocate.getBasePtr();
601 auto Derived = dyn_cast<GetElementPtrInst>(ThisRelocate.getDerivedPtr());
Ramkumar Ramachandradba73292015-01-14 23:27:07 +0000602 if (!Derived || Derived->getPointerOperand() != Base)
603 continue;
604
605 SmallVector<Value *, 2> OffsetV;
606 if (!getGEPSmallConstantIntOffsetV(Derived, OffsetV))
607 continue;
608
609 // Create a Builder and replace the target callsite with a gep
Sanjoy Das3d705e32015-05-11 23:47:30 +0000610 assert(RelocatedBase->getNextNode() && "Should always have one since it's not a terminator");
611
612 // Insert after RelocatedBase
613 IRBuilder<> Builder(RelocatedBase->getNextNode());
Ramkumar Ramachandradba73292015-01-14 23:27:07 +0000614 Builder.SetCurrentDebugLocation(ToReplace->getDebugLoc());
Sanjoy Das89c54912015-05-11 18:49:34 +0000615
616 // If gc_relocate does not match the actual type, cast it to the right type.
617 // In theory, there must be a bitcast after gc_relocate if the type does not
618 // match, and we should reuse it to get the derived pointer. But it could be
619 // cases like this:
620 // bb1:
621 // ...
622 // %g1 = call coldcc i8 addrspace(1)* @llvm.experimental.gc.relocate.p1i8(...)
623 // br label %merge
624 //
625 // bb2:
626 // ...
627 // %g2 = call coldcc i8 addrspace(1)* @llvm.experimental.gc.relocate.p1i8(...)
628 // br label %merge
629 //
630 // merge:
631 // %p1 = phi i8 addrspace(1)* [ %g1, %bb1 ], [ %g2, %bb2 ]
632 // %cast = bitcast i8 addrspace(1)* %p1 in to i32 addrspace(1)*
633 //
634 // In this case, we can not find the bitcast any more. So we insert a new bitcast
635 // no matter there is already one or not. In this way, we can handle all cases, and
636 // the extra bitcast should be optimized away in later passes.
637 Instruction *ActualRelocatedBase = RelocatedBase;
638 if (RelocatedBase->getType() != Base->getType()) {
639 ActualRelocatedBase =
640 cast<Instruction>(Builder.CreateBitCast(RelocatedBase, Base->getType()));
Sanjoy Das89c54912015-05-11 18:49:34 +0000641 }
David Blaikie68d535c2015-03-24 22:38:16 +0000642 Value *Replacement = Builder.CreateGEP(
Sanjoy Das89c54912015-05-11 18:49:34 +0000643 Derived->getSourceElementType(), ActualRelocatedBase, makeArrayRef(OffsetV));
Ramkumar Ramachandradba73292015-01-14 23:27:07 +0000644 Instruction *ReplacementInst = cast<Instruction>(Replacement);
Ramkumar Ramachandradba73292015-01-14 23:27:07 +0000645 Replacement->takeName(ToReplace);
Sanjoy Das89c54912015-05-11 18:49:34 +0000646 // If the newly generated derived pointer's type does not match the original derived
647 // pointer's type, cast the new derived pointer to match it. Same reasoning as above.
648 Instruction *ActualReplacement = ReplacementInst;
649 if (ReplacementInst->getType() != ToReplace->getType()) {
650 ActualReplacement =
651 cast<Instruction>(Builder.CreateBitCast(ReplacementInst, ToReplace->getType()));
Sanjoy Das89c54912015-05-11 18:49:34 +0000652 }
653 ToReplace->replaceAllUsesWith(ActualReplacement);
Ramkumar Ramachandradba73292015-01-14 23:27:07 +0000654 ToReplace->eraseFromParent();
655
656 MadeChange = true;
657 }
658 return MadeChange;
659}
660
661// Turns this:
662//
663// %base = ...
664// %ptr = gep %base + 15
665// %tok = statepoint (%fun, i32 0, i32 0, i32 0, %base, %ptr)
666// %base' = relocate(%tok, i32 4, i32 4)
667// %ptr' = relocate(%tok, i32 4, i32 5)
668// %val = load %ptr'
669//
670// into this:
671//
672// %base = ...
673// %ptr = gep %base + 15
674// %tok = statepoint (%fun, i32 0, i32 0, i32 0, %base, %ptr)
675// %base' = gc.relocate(%tok, i32 4, i32 4)
676// %ptr' = gep %base' + 15
677// %val = load %ptr'
678bool CodeGenPrepare::simplifyOffsetableRelocate(Instruction &I) {
679 bool MadeChange = false;
680 SmallVector<User *, 2> AllRelocateCalls;
681
682 for (auto *U : I.users())
683 if (isGCRelocate(dyn_cast<Instruction>(U)))
684 // Collect all the relocate calls associated with a statepoint
685 AllRelocateCalls.push_back(U);
686
687 // We need atleast one base pointer relocation + one derived pointer
688 // relocation to mangle
689 if (AllRelocateCalls.size() < 2)
690 return false;
691
692 // RelocateInstMap is a mapping from the base relocate instruction to the
693 // corresponding derived relocate instructions
694 DenseMap<IntrinsicInst *, SmallVector<IntrinsicInst *, 2>> RelocateInstMap;
695 computeBaseDerivedRelocateMap(AllRelocateCalls, RelocateInstMap);
696 if (RelocateInstMap.empty())
697 return false;
698
699 for (auto &Item : RelocateInstMap)
700 // Item.first is the RelocatedBase to offset against
701 // Item.second is the vector of Targets to replace
702 MadeChange = simplifyRelocatesOffABase(Item.first, Item.second);
703 return MadeChange;
704}
705
Manuel Jacoba7c48f92014-03-13 13:36:25 +0000706/// SinkCast - Sink the specified cast instruction into its user blocks
707static bool SinkCast(CastInst *CI) {
Chris Lattnerf2836d12007-03-31 04:06:36 +0000708 BasicBlock *DefBB = CI->getParent();
Eric Christopherc1ea1492008-09-24 05:32:41 +0000709
Chris Lattnerf2836d12007-03-31 04:06:36 +0000710 /// InsertedCasts - Only insert a cast in each block once.
Dale Johannesenedfec0b2007-06-12 16:50:17 +0000711 DenseMap<BasicBlock*, CastInst*> InsertedCasts;
Eric Christopherc1ea1492008-09-24 05:32:41 +0000712
Chris Lattnerf2836d12007-03-31 04:06:36 +0000713 bool MadeChange = false;
Chandler Carruthcdf47882014-03-09 03:16:01 +0000714 for (Value::user_iterator UI = CI->user_begin(), E = CI->user_end();
Chris Lattnerf2836d12007-03-31 04:06:36 +0000715 UI != E; ) {
716 Use &TheUse = UI.getUse();
717 Instruction *User = cast<Instruction>(*UI);
Eric Christopherc1ea1492008-09-24 05:32:41 +0000718
Chris Lattnerf2836d12007-03-31 04:06:36 +0000719 // Figure out which BB this cast is used in. For PHI's this is the
720 // appropriate predecessor block.
721 BasicBlock *UserBB = User->getParent();
722 if (PHINode *PN = dyn_cast<PHINode>(User)) {
Chandler Carruthcdf47882014-03-09 03:16:01 +0000723 UserBB = PN->getIncomingBlock(TheUse);
Chris Lattnerf2836d12007-03-31 04:06:36 +0000724 }
Eric Christopherc1ea1492008-09-24 05:32:41 +0000725
Chris Lattnerf2836d12007-03-31 04:06:36 +0000726 // Preincrement use iterator so we don't invalidate it.
727 ++UI;
Eric Christopherc1ea1492008-09-24 05:32:41 +0000728
Chris Lattnerf2836d12007-03-31 04:06:36 +0000729 // If this user is in the same block as the cast, don't change the cast.
730 if (UserBB == DefBB) continue;
Eric Christopherc1ea1492008-09-24 05:32:41 +0000731
Chris Lattnerf2836d12007-03-31 04:06:36 +0000732 // If we have already inserted a cast into this block, use it.
733 CastInst *&InsertedCast = InsertedCasts[UserBB];
734
735 if (!InsertedCast) {
Bill Wendling8ddfc092011-08-16 20:45:24 +0000736 BasicBlock::iterator InsertPt = UserBB->getFirstInsertionPt();
Duncan P. N. Exon Smithd83547a2015-10-09 18:44:40 +0000737 assert(InsertPt != UserBB->end());
738 InsertedCast = CastInst::Create(CI->getOpcode(), CI->getOperand(0),
739 CI->getType(), "", &*InsertPt);
Chris Lattnerf2836d12007-03-31 04:06:36 +0000740 }
Eric Christopherc1ea1492008-09-24 05:32:41 +0000741
Dale Johannesenedfec0b2007-06-12 16:50:17 +0000742 // Replace a use of the cast with a use of the new cast.
Chris Lattnerf2836d12007-03-31 04:06:36 +0000743 TheUse = InsertedCast;
Benjamin Kramerb4bf14c2015-04-10 22:25:36 +0000744 MadeChange = true;
Cameron Zwarichced753f2011-01-05 17:27:27 +0000745 ++NumCastUses;
Chris Lattnerf2836d12007-03-31 04:06:36 +0000746 }
Eric Christopherc1ea1492008-09-24 05:32:41 +0000747
Chris Lattnerf2836d12007-03-31 04:06:36 +0000748 // If we removed all uses, nuke the cast.
Duncan Sandsafa84da42008-01-20 16:51:46 +0000749 if (CI->use_empty()) {
Chris Lattnerf2836d12007-03-31 04:06:36 +0000750 CI->eraseFromParent();
Duncan Sandsafa84da42008-01-20 16:51:46 +0000751 MadeChange = true;
752 }
Eric Christopherc1ea1492008-09-24 05:32:41 +0000753
Chris Lattnerf2836d12007-03-31 04:06:36 +0000754 return MadeChange;
755}
756
Sanjay Patel4ac6b112015-09-21 22:47:23 +0000757/// If the specified cast instruction is a noop copy (e.g. it's casting from
758/// one pointer type to another, i32->i8 on PPC), sink it into user blocks to
759/// reduce the number of virtual registers that must be created and coalesced.
Manuel Jacoba7c48f92014-03-13 13:36:25 +0000760///
761/// Return true if any changes are made.
762///
Mehdi Amini44ede332015-07-09 02:09:04 +0000763static bool OptimizeNoopCopyExpression(CastInst *CI, const TargetLowering &TLI,
764 const DataLayout &DL) {
Manuel Jacoba7c48f92014-03-13 13:36:25 +0000765 // If this is a noop copy,
Mehdi Amini44ede332015-07-09 02:09:04 +0000766 EVT SrcVT = TLI.getValueType(DL, CI->getOperand(0)->getType());
767 EVT DstVT = TLI.getValueType(DL, CI->getType());
Manuel Jacoba7c48f92014-03-13 13:36:25 +0000768
769 // This is an fp<->int conversion?
770 if (SrcVT.isInteger() != DstVT.isInteger())
771 return false;
772
773 // If this is an extension, it will be a zero or sign extension, which
774 // isn't a noop.
775 if (SrcVT.bitsLT(DstVT)) return false;
776
777 // If these values will be promoted, find out what they will be promoted
778 // to. This helps us consider truncates on PPC as noop copies when they
779 // are.
780 if (TLI.getTypeAction(CI->getContext(), SrcVT) ==
781 TargetLowering::TypePromoteInteger)
782 SrcVT = TLI.getTypeToTransformTo(CI->getContext(), SrcVT);
783 if (TLI.getTypeAction(CI->getContext(), DstVT) ==
784 TargetLowering::TypePromoteInteger)
785 DstVT = TLI.getTypeToTransformTo(CI->getContext(), DstVT);
786
787 // If, after promotion, these are the same types, this is a noop copy.
788 if (SrcVT != DstVT)
789 return false;
790
791 return SinkCast(CI);
792}
793
Sanjay Patel4ac6b112015-09-21 22:47:23 +0000794/// Try to combine CI into a call to the llvm.uadd.with.overflow intrinsic if
795/// possible.
Sanjoy Dasb6c59142015-04-10 21:07:09 +0000796///
797/// Return true if any changes were made.
798static bool CombineUAddWithOverflow(CmpInst *CI) {
799 Value *A, *B;
800 Instruction *AddI;
801 if (!match(CI,
802 m_UAddWithOverflow(m_Value(A), m_Value(B), m_Instruction(AddI))))
803 return false;
804
805 Type *Ty = AddI->getType();
806 if (!isa<IntegerType>(Ty))
807 return false;
808
809 // We don't want to move around uses of condition values this late, so we we
810 // check if it is legal to create the call to the intrinsic in the basic
811 // block containing the icmp:
812
813 if (AddI->getParent() != CI->getParent() && !AddI->hasOneUse())
814 return false;
815
816#ifndef NDEBUG
817 // Someday m_UAddWithOverflow may get smarter, but this is a safe assumption
818 // for now:
819 if (AddI->hasOneUse())
820 assert(*AddI->user_begin() == CI && "expected!");
821#endif
822
823 Module *M = CI->getParent()->getParent()->getParent();
824 Value *F = Intrinsic::getDeclaration(M, Intrinsic::uadd_with_overflow, Ty);
825
826 auto *InsertPt = AddI->hasOneUse() ? CI : AddI;
827
828 auto *UAddWithOverflow =
829 CallInst::Create(F, {A, B}, "uadd.overflow", InsertPt);
830 auto *UAdd = ExtractValueInst::Create(UAddWithOverflow, 0, "uadd", InsertPt);
831 auto *Overflow =
832 ExtractValueInst::Create(UAddWithOverflow, 1, "overflow", InsertPt);
833
834 CI->replaceAllUsesWith(Overflow);
835 AddI->replaceAllUsesWith(UAdd);
836 CI->eraseFromParent();
837 AddI->eraseFromParent();
838 return true;
839}
840
Sanjay Patel4ac6b112015-09-21 22:47:23 +0000841/// Sink the given CmpInst into user blocks to reduce the number of virtual
842/// registers that must be created and coalesced. This is a clear win except on
843/// targets with multiple condition code registers (PowerPC), where it might
844/// lose; some adjustment may be wanted there.
Dale Johannesenedfec0b2007-06-12 16:50:17 +0000845///
846/// Return true if any changes are made.
Sanjoy Dasb6c59142015-04-10 21:07:09 +0000847static bool SinkCmpExpression(CmpInst *CI) {
Dale Johannesenedfec0b2007-06-12 16:50:17 +0000848 BasicBlock *DefBB = CI->getParent();
Eric Christopherc1ea1492008-09-24 05:32:41 +0000849
Sanjay Patel4ac6b112015-09-21 22:47:23 +0000850 /// Only insert a cmp in each block once.
Dale Johannesenedfec0b2007-06-12 16:50:17 +0000851 DenseMap<BasicBlock*, CmpInst*> InsertedCmps;
Eric Christopherc1ea1492008-09-24 05:32:41 +0000852
Dale Johannesenedfec0b2007-06-12 16:50:17 +0000853 bool MadeChange = false;
Chandler Carruthcdf47882014-03-09 03:16:01 +0000854 for (Value::user_iterator UI = CI->user_begin(), E = CI->user_end();
Dale Johannesenedfec0b2007-06-12 16:50:17 +0000855 UI != E; ) {
856 Use &TheUse = UI.getUse();
857 Instruction *User = cast<Instruction>(*UI);
Eric Christopherc1ea1492008-09-24 05:32:41 +0000858
Dale Johannesenedfec0b2007-06-12 16:50:17 +0000859 // Preincrement use iterator so we don't invalidate it.
860 ++UI;
Eric Christopherc1ea1492008-09-24 05:32:41 +0000861
Dale Johannesenedfec0b2007-06-12 16:50:17 +0000862 // Don't bother for PHI nodes.
863 if (isa<PHINode>(User))
864 continue;
865
866 // Figure out which BB this cmp is used in.
867 BasicBlock *UserBB = User->getParent();
Eric Christopherc1ea1492008-09-24 05:32:41 +0000868
Dale Johannesenedfec0b2007-06-12 16:50:17 +0000869 // If this user is in the same block as the cmp, don't change the cmp.
870 if (UserBB == DefBB) continue;
Eric Christopherc1ea1492008-09-24 05:32:41 +0000871
Dale Johannesenedfec0b2007-06-12 16:50:17 +0000872 // If we have already inserted a cmp into this block, use it.
873 CmpInst *&InsertedCmp = InsertedCmps[UserBB];
874
875 if (!InsertedCmp) {
Bill Wendling8ddfc092011-08-16 20:45:24 +0000876 BasicBlock::iterator InsertPt = UserBB->getFirstInsertionPt();
Duncan P. N. Exon Smithd83547a2015-10-09 18:44:40 +0000877 assert(InsertPt != UserBB->end());
Eric Christopherc1ea1492008-09-24 05:32:41 +0000878 InsertedCmp =
Duncan P. N. Exon Smithd83547a2015-10-09 18:44:40 +0000879 CmpInst::Create(CI->getOpcode(), CI->getPredicate(),
880 CI->getOperand(0), CI->getOperand(1), "", &*InsertPt);
Dale Johannesenedfec0b2007-06-12 16:50:17 +0000881 }
Eric Christopherc1ea1492008-09-24 05:32:41 +0000882
Dale Johannesenedfec0b2007-06-12 16:50:17 +0000883 // Replace a use of the cmp with a use of the new cmp.
884 TheUse = InsertedCmp;
Benjamin Kramerb4bf14c2015-04-10 22:25:36 +0000885 MadeChange = true;
Cameron Zwarichced753f2011-01-05 17:27:27 +0000886 ++NumCmpUses;
Dale Johannesenedfec0b2007-06-12 16:50:17 +0000887 }
Eric Christopherc1ea1492008-09-24 05:32:41 +0000888
Dale Johannesenedfec0b2007-06-12 16:50:17 +0000889 // If we removed all uses, nuke the cmp.
Benjamin Kramerb4bf14c2015-04-10 22:25:36 +0000890 if (CI->use_empty()) {
Dale Johannesenedfec0b2007-06-12 16:50:17 +0000891 CI->eraseFromParent();
Benjamin Kramerb4bf14c2015-04-10 22:25:36 +0000892 MadeChange = true;
893 }
Eric Christopherc1ea1492008-09-24 05:32:41 +0000894
Dale Johannesenedfec0b2007-06-12 16:50:17 +0000895 return MadeChange;
896}
897
Sanjoy Dasb6c59142015-04-10 21:07:09 +0000898static bool OptimizeCmpExpression(CmpInst *CI) {
899 if (SinkCmpExpression(CI))
900 return true;
901
902 if (CombineUAddWithOverflow(CI))
903 return true;
904
905 return false;
906}
907
Sanjay Patel4ac6b112015-09-21 22:47:23 +0000908/// Check if the candidates could be combined with a shift instruction, which
909/// includes:
Yi Jiangd069f632014-04-21 19:34:27 +0000910/// 1. Truncate instruction
911/// 2. And instruction and the imm is a mask of the low bits:
912/// imm & (imm+1) == 0
Benjamin Kramer322053c2014-04-27 14:54:59 +0000913static bool isExtractBitsCandidateUse(Instruction *User) {
Yi Jiangd069f632014-04-21 19:34:27 +0000914 if (!isa<TruncInst>(User)) {
915 if (User->getOpcode() != Instruction::And ||
916 !isa<ConstantInt>(User->getOperand(1)))
917 return false;
918
Quentin Colombetd4f44692014-04-22 01:20:34 +0000919 const APInt &Cimm = cast<ConstantInt>(User->getOperand(1))->getValue();
Yi Jiangd069f632014-04-21 19:34:27 +0000920
Quentin Colombetd4f44692014-04-22 01:20:34 +0000921 if ((Cimm & (Cimm + 1)).getBoolValue())
Yi Jiangd069f632014-04-21 19:34:27 +0000922 return false;
923 }
924 return true;
925}
926
Sanjay Patel4ac6b112015-09-21 22:47:23 +0000927/// Sink both shift and truncate instruction to the use of truncate's BB.
Benjamin Kramer322053c2014-04-27 14:54:59 +0000928static bool
Yi Jiangd069f632014-04-21 19:34:27 +0000929SinkShiftAndTruncate(BinaryOperator *ShiftI, Instruction *User, ConstantInt *CI,
930 DenseMap<BasicBlock *, BinaryOperator *> &InsertedShifts,
Mehdi Amini44ede332015-07-09 02:09:04 +0000931 const TargetLowering &TLI, const DataLayout &DL) {
Yi Jiangd069f632014-04-21 19:34:27 +0000932 BasicBlock *UserBB = User->getParent();
933 DenseMap<BasicBlock *, CastInst *> InsertedTruncs;
934 TruncInst *TruncI = dyn_cast<TruncInst>(User);
935 bool MadeChange = false;
936
937 for (Value::user_iterator TruncUI = TruncI->user_begin(),
938 TruncE = TruncI->user_end();
939 TruncUI != TruncE;) {
940
941 Use &TruncTheUse = TruncUI.getUse();
942 Instruction *TruncUser = cast<Instruction>(*TruncUI);
943 // Preincrement use iterator so we don't invalidate it.
944
945 ++TruncUI;
946
947 int ISDOpcode = TLI.InstructionOpcodeToISD(TruncUser->getOpcode());
948 if (!ISDOpcode)
949 continue;
950
Tim Northovere2239ff2014-07-29 10:20:22 +0000951 // If the use is actually a legal node, there will not be an
952 // implicit truncate.
953 // FIXME: always querying the result type is just an
954 // approximation; some nodes' legality is determined by the
955 // operand or other means. There's no good way to find out though.
Ahmed Bougacha0788d492014-11-12 22:16:55 +0000956 if (TLI.isOperationLegalOrCustom(
Mehdi Amini44ede332015-07-09 02:09:04 +0000957 ISDOpcode, TLI.getValueType(DL, TruncUser->getType(), true)))
Yi Jiangd069f632014-04-21 19:34:27 +0000958 continue;
959
960 // Don't bother for PHI nodes.
961 if (isa<PHINode>(TruncUser))
962 continue;
963
964 BasicBlock *TruncUserBB = TruncUser->getParent();
965
966 if (UserBB == TruncUserBB)
967 continue;
968
969 BinaryOperator *&InsertedShift = InsertedShifts[TruncUserBB];
970 CastInst *&InsertedTrunc = InsertedTruncs[TruncUserBB];
971
972 if (!InsertedShift && !InsertedTrunc) {
973 BasicBlock::iterator InsertPt = TruncUserBB->getFirstInsertionPt();
Duncan P. N. Exon Smithd83547a2015-10-09 18:44:40 +0000974 assert(InsertPt != TruncUserBB->end());
Yi Jiangd069f632014-04-21 19:34:27 +0000975 // Sink the shift
976 if (ShiftI->getOpcode() == Instruction::AShr)
Duncan P. N. Exon Smithd83547a2015-10-09 18:44:40 +0000977 InsertedShift = BinaryOperator::CreateAShr(ShiftI->getOperand(0), CI,
978 "", &*InsertPt);
Yi Jiangd069f632014-04-21 19:34:27 +0000979 else
Duncan P. N. Exon Smithd83547a2015-10-09 18:44:40 +0000980 InsertedShift = BinaryOperator::CreateLShr(ShiftI->getOperand(0), CI,
981 "", &*InsertPt);
Yi Jiangd069f632014-04-21 19:34:27 +0000982
983 // Sink the trunc
984 BasicBlock::iterator TruncInsertPt = TruncUserBB->getFirstInsertionPt();
985 TruncInsertPt++;
Duncan P. N. Exon Smithd83547a2015-10-09 18:44:40 +0000986 assert(TruncInsertPt != TruncUserBB->end());
Yi Jiangd069f632014-04-21 19:34:27 +0000987
988 InsertedTrunc = CastInst::Create(TruncI->getOpcode(), InsertedShift,
Duncan P. N. Exon Smithd83547a2015-10-09 18:44:40 +0000989 TruncI->getType(), "", &*TruncInsertPt);
Yi Jiangd069f632014-04-21 19:34:27 +0000990
991 MadeChange = true;
992
993 TruncTheUse = InsertedTrunc;
994 }
995 }
996 return MadeChange;
997}
998
Sanjay Patel4ac6b112015-09-21 22:47:23 +0000999/// Sink the shift *right* instruction into user blocks if the uses could
1000/// potentially be combined with this shift instruction and generate BitExtract
1001/// instruction. It will only be applied if the architecture supports BitExtract
1002/// instruction. Here is an example:
Yi Jiangd069f632014-04-21 19:34:27 +00001003/// BB1:
1004/// %x.extract.shift = lshr i64 %arg1, 32
1005/// BB2:
1006/// %x.extract.trunc = trunc i64 %x.extract.shift to i16
1007/// ==>
1008///
1009/// BB2:
1010/// %x.extract.shift.1 = lshr i64 %arg1, 32
1011/// %x.extract.trunc = trunc i64 %x.extract.shift.1 to i16
1012///
1013/// CodeGen will recoginze the pattern in BB2 and generate BitExtract
1014/// instruction.
1015/// Return true if any changes are made.
1016static bool OptimizeExtractBits(BinaryOperator *ShiftI, ConstantInt *CI,
Mehdi Amini44ede332015-07-09 02:09:04 +00001017 const TargetLowering &TLI,
1018 const DataLayout &DL) {
Yi Jiangd069f632014-04-21 19:34:27 +00001019 BasicBlock *DefBB = ShiftI->getParent();
1020
1021 /// Only insert instructions in each block once.
1022 DenseMap<BasicBlock *, BinaryOperator *> InsertedShifts;
1023
Mehdi Amini44ede332015-07-09 02:09:04 +00001024 bool shiftIsLegal = TLI.isTypeLegal(TLI.getValueType(DL, ShiftI->getType()));
Yi Jiangd069f632014-04-21 19:34:27 +00001025
1026 bool MadeChange = false;
1027 for (Value::user_iterator UI = ShiftI->user_begin(), E = ShiftI->user_end();
1028 UI != E;) {
1029 Use &TheUse = UI.getUse();
1030 Instruction *User = cast<Instruction>(*UI);
1031 // Preincrement use iterator so we don't invalidate it.
1032 ++UI;
1033
1034 // Don't bother for PHI nodes.
1035 if (isa<PHINode>(User))
1036 continue;
1037
1038 if (!isExtractBitsCandidateUse(User))
1039 continue;
1040
1041 BasicBlock *UserBB = User->getParent();
1042
1043 if (UserBB == DefBB) {
1044 // If the shift and truncate instruction are in the same BB. The use of
1045 // the truncate(TruncUse) may still introduce another truncate if not
1046 // legal. In this case, we would like to sink both shift and truncate
1047 // instruction to the BB of TruncUse.
1048 // for example:
1049 // BB1:
1050 // i64 shift.result = lshr i64 opnd, imm
1051 // trunc.result = trunc shift.result to i16
1052 //
1053 // BB2:
1054 // ----> We will have an implicit truncate here if the architecture does
1055 // not have i16 compare.
1056 // cmp i16 trunc.result, opnd2
1057 //
1058 if (isa<TruncInst>(User) && shiftIsLegal
1059 // If the type of the truncate is legal, no trucate will be
1060 // introduced in other basic blocks.
Mehdi Amini44ede332015-07-09 02:09:04 +00001061 &&
1062 (!TLI.isTypeLegal(TLI.getValueType(DL, User->getType()))))
Yi Jiangd069f632014-04-21 19:34:27 +00001063 MadeChange =
Mehdi Amini44ede332015-07-09 02:09:04 +00001064 SinkShiftAndTruncate(ShiftI, User, CI, InsertedShifts, TLI, DL);
Yi Jiangd069f632014-04-21 19:34:27 +00001065
1066 continue;
1067 }
1068 // If we have already inserted a shift into this block, use it.
1069 BinaryOperator *&InsertedShift = InsertedShifts[UserBB];
1070
1071 if (!InsertedShift) {
1072 BasicBlock::iterator InsertPt = UserBB->getFirstInsertionPt();
Duncan P. N. Exon Smithd83547a2015-10-09 18:44:40 +00001073 assert(InsertPt != UserBB->end());
Yi Jiangd069f632014-04-21 19:34:27 +00001074
1075 if (ShiftI->getOpcode() == Instruction::AShr)
Duncan P. N. Exon Smithd83547a2015-10-09 18:44:40 +00001076 InsertedShift = BinaryOperator::CreateAShr(ShiftI->getOperand(0), CI,
1077 "", &*InsertPt);
Yi Jiangd069f632014-04-21 19:34:27 +00001078 else
Duncan P. N. Exon Smithd83547a2015-10-09 18:44:40 +00001079 InsertedShift = BinaryOperator::CreateLShr(ShiftI->getOperand(0), CI,
1080 "", &*InsertPt);
Yi Jiangd069f632014-04-21 19:34:27 +00001081
1082 MadeChange = true;
1083 }
1084
1085 // Replace a use of the shift with a use of the new shift.
1086 TheUse = InsertedShift;
1087 }
1088
1089 // If we removed all uses, nuke the shift.
1090 if (ShiftI->use_empty())
1091 ShiftI->eraseFromParent();
1092
1093 return MadeChange;
1094}
1095
Sanjay Patel4ac6b112015-09-21 22:47:23 +00001096// Translate a masked load intrinsic like
Elena Demikhovsky87700a72014-12-28 08:54:45 +00001097// <16 x i32 > @llvm.masked.load( <16 x i32>* %addr, i32 align,
1098// <16 x i1> %mask, <16 x i32> %passthru)
Benjamin Kramerdf005cb2015-08-08 18:27:36 +00001099// to a chain of basic blocks, with loading element one-by-one if
Elena Demikhovsky87700a72014-12-28 08:54:45 +00001100// the appropriate mask bit is set
1101//
1102// %1 = bitcast i8* %addr to i32*
1103// %2 = extractelement <16 x i1> %mask, i32 0
1104// %3 = icmp eq i1 %2, true
1105// br i1 %3, label %cond.load, label %else
1106//
1107//cond.load: ; preds = %0
1108// %4 = getelementptr i32* %1, i32 0
1109// %5 = load i32* %4
1110// %6 = insertelement <16 x i32> undef, i32 %5, i32 0
1111// br label %else
1112//
1113//else: ; preds = %0, %cond.load
1114// %res.phi.else = phi <16 x i32> [ %6, %cond.load ], [ undef, %0 ]
1115// %7 = extractelement <16 x i1> %mask, i32 1
1116// %8 = icmp eq i1 %7, true
1117// br i1 %8, label %cond.load1, label %else2
1118//
1119//cond.load1: ; preds = %else
1120// %9 = getelementptr i32* %1, i32 1
1121// %10 = load i32* %9
1122// %11 = insertelement <16 x i32> %res.phi.else, i32 %10, i32 1
1123// br label %else2
1124//
1125//else2: ; preds = %else, %cond.load1
1126// %res.phi.else3 = phi <16 x i32> [ %11, %cond.load1 ], [ %res.phi.else, %else ]
1127// %12 = extractelement <16 x i1> %mask, i32 2
1128// %13 = icmp eq i1 %12, true
1129// br i1 %13, label %cond.load4, label %else5
1130//
1131static void ScalarizeMaskedLoad(CallInst *CI) {
1132 Value *Ptr = CI->getArgOperand(0);
Elena Demikhovsky3ad76a12015-10-21 11:50:54 +00001133 Value *Alignment = CI->getArgOperand(1);
Elena Demikhovsky87700a72014-12-28 08:54:45 +00001134 Value *Mask = CI->getArgOperand(2);
Elena Demikhovsky3ad76a12015-10-21 11:50:54 +00001135 Value *Src0 = CI->getArgOperand(3);
Elena Demikhovsky87700a72014-12-28 08:54:45 +00001136
Elena Demikhovsky3ad76a12015-10-21 11:50:54 +00001137 unsigned AlignVal = cast<ConstantInt>(Alignment)->getZExtValue();
1138 VectorType *VecType = dyn_cast<VectorType>(CI->getType());
Elena Demikhovsky87700a72014-12-28 08:54:45 +00001139 assert(VecType && "Unexpected return type of masked load intrinsic");
1140
Elena Demikhovsky3ad76a12015-10-21 11:50:54 +00001141 Type *EltTy = CI->getType()->getVectorElementType();
1142
Elena Demikhovsky87700a72014-12-28 08:54:45 +00001143 IRBuilder<> Builder(CI->getContext());
1144 Instruction *InsertPt = CI;
1145 BasicBlock *IfBlock = CI->getParent();
1146 BasicBlock *CondBlock = nullptr;
1147 BasicBlock *PrevIfBlock = CI->getParent();
Elena Demikhovsky87700a72014-12-28 08:54:45 +00001148
Elena Demikhovsky3ad76a12015-10-21 11:50:54 +00001149 Builder.SetInsertPoint(InsertPt);
Elena Demikhovsky87700a72014-12-28 08:54:45 +00001150 Builder.SetCurrentDebugLocation(CI->getDebugLoc());
1151
Elena Demikhovsky3ad76a12015-10-21 11:50:54 +00001152 // Short-cut if the mask is all-true.
1153 bool IsAllOnesMask = isa<Constant>(Mask) &&
1154 cast<Constant>(Mask)->isAllOnesValue();
1155
1156 if (IsAllOnesMask) {
1157 Value *NewI = Builder.CreateAlignedLoad(Ptr, AlignVal);
1158 CI->replaceAllUsesWith(NewI);
1159 CI->eraseFromParent();
1160 return;
1161 }
1162
1163 // Adjust alignment for the scalar instruction.
1164 AlignVal = std::min(AlignVal, VecType->getScalarSizeInBits()/8);
Elena Demikhovsky87700a72014-12-28 08:54:45 +00001165 // Bitcast %addr fron i8* to EltTy*
1166 Type *NewPtrType =
1167 EltTy->getPointerTo(cast<PointerType>(Ptr->getType())->getAddressSpace());
1168 Value *FirstEltPtr = Builder.CreateBitCast(Ptr, NewPtrType);
Elena Demikhovsky3ad76a12015-10-21 11:50:54 +00001169 unsigned VectorWidth = VecType->getNumElements();
1170
Elena Demikhovsky87700a72014-12-28 08:54:45 +00001171 Value *UndefVal = UndefValue::get(VecType);
1172
1173 // The result vector
1174 Value *VResult = UndefVal;
1175
Elena Demikhovsky3ad76a12015-10-21 11:50:54 +00001176 if (isa<ConstantVector>(Mask)) {
1177 for (unsigned Idx = 0; Idx < VectorWidth; ++Idx) {
1178 if (cast<ConstantVector>(Mask)->getOperand(Idx)->isNullValue())
1179 continue;
1180 Value *Gep =
1181 Builder.CreateInBoundsGEP(EltTy, FirstEltPtr, Builder.getInt32(Idx));
1182 LoadInst* Load = Builder.CreateAlignedLoad(Gep, AlignVal);
1183 VResult = Builder.CreateInsertElement(VResult, Load,
1184 Builder.getInt32(Idx));
1185 }
1186 Value *NewI = Builder.CreateSelect(Mask, VResult, Src0);
1187 CI->replaceAllUsesWith(NewI);
1188 CI->eraseFromParent();
1189 return;
1190 }
1191
Elena Demikhovsky87700a72014-12-28 08:54:45 +00001192 PHINode *Phi = nullptr;
1193 Value *PrevPhi = UndefVal;
1194
Elena Demikhovsky87700a72014-12-28 08:54:45 +00001195 for (unsigned Idx = 0; Idx < VectorWidth; ++Idx) {
1196
1197 // Fill the "else" block, created in the previous iteration
1198 //
1199 // %res.phi.else3 = phi <16 x i32> [ %11, %cond.load1 ], [ %res.phi.else, %else ]
1200 // %mask_1 = extractelement <16 x i1> %mask, i32 Idx
1201 // %to_load = icmp eq i1 %mask_1, true
1202 // br i1 %to_load, label %cond.load, label %else
1203 //
1204 if (Idx > 0) {
1205 Phi = Builder.CreatePHI(VecType, 2, "res.phi.else");
1206 Phi->addIncoming(VResult, CondBlock);
1207 Phi->addIncoming(PrevPhi, PrevIfBlock);
1208 PrevPhi = Phi;
1209 VResult = Phi;
1210 }
1211
1212 Value *Predicate = Builder.CreateExtractElement(Mask, Builder.getInt32(Idx));
1213 Value *Cmp = Builder.CreateICmp(ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ, Predicate,
1214 ConstantInt::get(Predicate->getType(), 1));
1215
1216 // Create "cond" block
1217 //
1218 // %EltAddr = getelementptr i32* %1, i32 0
1219 // %Elt = load i32* %EltAddr
1220 // VResult = insertelement <16 x i32> VResult, i32 %Elt, i32 Idx
1221 //
Duncan P. N. Exon Smithd83547a2015-10-09 18:44:40 +00001222 CondBlock = IfBlock->splitBasicBlock(InsertPt->getIterator(), "cond.load");
Elena Demikhovsky87700a72014-12-28 08:54:45 +00001223 Builder.SetInsertPoint(InsertPt);
David Blaikieaa41cd52015-04-03 21:33:42 +00001224
1225 Value *Gep =
1226 Builder.CreateInBoundsGEP(EltTy, FirstEltPtr, Builder.getInt32(Idx));
Elena Demikhovsky09285852015-10-25 15:37:55 +00001227 LoadInst *Load = Builder.CreateAlignedLoad(Gep, AlignVal);
Elena Demikhovsky87700a72014-12-28 08:54:45 +00001228 VResult = Builder.CreateInsertElement(VResult, Load, Builder.getInt32(Idx));
1229
1230 // Create "else" block, fill it in the next iteration
Duncan P. N. Exon Smithd83547a2015-10-09 18:44:40 +00001231 BasicBlock *NewIfBlock =
1232 CondBlock->splitBasicBlock(InsertPt->getIterator(), "else");
Elena Demikhovsky87700a72014-12-28 08:54:45 +00001233 Builder.SetInsertPoint(InsertPt);
1234 Instruction *OldBr = IfBlock->getTerminator();
1235 BranchInst::Create(CondBlock, NewIfBlock, Cmp, OldBr);
1236 OldBr->eraseFromParent();
1237 PrevIfBlock = IfBlock;
1238 IfBlock = NewIfBlock;
1239 }
1240
1241 Phi = Builder.CreatePHI(VecType, 2, "res.phi.select");
1242 Phi->addIncoming(VResult, CondBlock);
1243 Phi->addIncoming(PrevPhi, PrevIfBlock);
1244 Value *NewI = Builder.CreateSelect(Mask, Phi, Src0);
1245 CI->replaceAllUsesWith(NewI);
1246 CI->eraseFromParent();
1247}
1248
Sanjay Patel4ac6b112015-09-21 22:47:23 +00001249// Translate a masked store intrinsic, like
Elena Demikhovsky87700a72014-12-28 08:54:45 +00001250// void @llvm.masked.store(<16 x i32> %src, <16 x i32>* %addr, i32 align,
1251// <16 x i1> %mask)
1252// to a chain of basic blocks, that stores element one-by-one if
1253// the appropriate mask bit is set
1254//
1255// %1 = bitcast i8* %addr to i32*
1256// %2 = extractelement <16 x i1> %mask, i32 0
1257// %3 = icmp eq i1 %2, true
1258// br i1 %3, label %cond.store, label %else
1259//
1260// cond.store: ; preds = %0
1261// %4 = extractelement <16 x i32> %val, i32 0
1262// %5 = getelementptr i32* %1, i32 0
1263// store i32 %4, i32* %5
1264// br label %else
1265//
1266// else: ; preds = %0, %cond.store
1267// %6 = extractelement <16 x i1> %mask, i32 1
1268// %7 = icmp eq i1 %6, true
1269// br i1 %7, label %cond.store1, label %else2
1270//
1271// cond.store1: ; preds = %else
1272// %8 = extractelement <16 x i32> %val, i32 1
1273// %9 = getelementptr i32* %1, i32 1
1274// store i32 %8, i32* %9
1275// br label %else2
1276// . . .
1277static void ScalarizeMaskedStore(CallInst *CI) {
Elena Demikhovsky87700a72014-12-28 08:54:45 +00001278 Value *Src = CI->getArgOperand(0);
Elena Demikhovsky3ad76a12015-10-21 11:50:54 +00001279 Value *Ptr = CI->getArgOperand(1);
1280 Value *Alignment = CI->getArgOperand(2);
Elena Demikhovsky87700a72014-12-28 08:54:45 +00001281 Value *Mask = CI->getArgOperand(3);
1282
Elena Demikhovsky3ad76a12015-10-21 11:50:54 +00001283 unsigned AlignVal = cast<ConstantInt>(Alignment)->getZExtValue();
Elena Demikhovsky87700a72014-12-28 08:54:45 +00001284 VectorType *VecType = dyn_cast<VectorType>(Src->getType());
Elena Demikhovsky87700a72014-12-28 08:54:45 +00001285 assert(VecType && "Unexpected data type in masked store intrinsic");
1286
Elena Demikhovsky3ad76a12015-10-21 11:50:54 +00001287 Type *EltTy = VecType->getElementType();
1288
Elena Demikhovsky87700a72014-12-28 08:54:45 +00001289 IRBuilder<> Builder(CI->getContext());
1290 Instruction *InsertPt = CI;
1291 BasicBlock *IfBlock = CI->getParent();
1292 Builder.SetInsertPoint(InsertPt);
1293 Builder.SetCurrentDebugLocation(CI->getDebugLoc());
1294
Elena Demikhovsky3ad76a12015-10-21 11:50:54 +00001295 // Short-cut if the mask is all-true.
1296 bool IsAllOnesMask = isa<Constant>(Mask) &&
1297 cast<Constant>(Mask)->isAllOnesValue();
1298
1299 if (IsAllOnesMask) {
1300 Builder.CreateAlignedStore(Src, Ptr, AlignVal);
1301 CI->eraseFromParent();
1302 return;
1303 }
1304
1305 // Adjust alignment for the scalar instruction.
1306 AlignVal = std::max(AlignVal, VecType->getScalarSizeInBits()/8);
Elena Demikhovsky87700a72014-12-28 08:54:45 +00001307 // Bitcast %addr fron i8* to EltTy*
1308 Type *NewPtrType =
1309 EltTy->getPointerTo(cast<PointerType>(Ptr->getType())->getAddressSpace());
1310 Value *FirstEltPtr = Builder.CreateBitCast(Ptr, NewPtrType);
Elena Demikhovsky87700a72014-12-28 08:54:45 +00001311 unsigned VectorWidth = VecType->getNumElements();
Elena Demikhovsky3ad76a12015-10-21 11:50:54 +00001312
1313 if (isa<ConstantVector>(Mask)) {
1314 for (unsigned Idx = 0; Idx < VectorWidth; ++Idx) {
1315 if (cast<ConstantVector>(Mask)->getOperand(Idx)->isNullValue())
1316 continue;
1317 Value *OneElt = Builder.CreateExtractElement(Src, Builder.getInt32(Idx));
1318 Value *Gep =
1319 Builder.CreateInBoundsGEP(EltTy, FirstEltPtr, Builder.getInt32(Idx));
1320 Builder.CreateAlignedStore(OneElt, Gep, AlignVal);
1321 }
1322 CI->eraseFromParent();
1323 return;
1324 }
1325
Elena Demikhovsky87700a72014-12-28 08:54:45 +00001326 for (unsigned Idx = 0; Idx < VectorWidth; ++Idx) {
1327
1328 // Fill the "else" block, created in the previous iteration
1329 //
1330 // %mask_1 = extractelement <16 x i1> %mask, i32 Idx
1331 // %to_store = icmp eq i1 %mask_1, true
Elena Demikhovsky3ad76a12015-10-21 11:50:54 +00001332 // br i1 %to_store, label %cond.store, label %else
Elena Demikhovsky87700a72014-12-28 08:54:45 +00001333 //
1334 Value *Predicate = Builder.CreateExtractElement(Mask, Builder.getInt32(Idx));
1335 Value *Cmp = Builder.CreateICmp(ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ, Predicate,
1336 ConstantInt::get(Predicate->getType(), 1));
1337
1338 // Create "cond" block
1339 //
1340 // %OneElt = extractelement <16 x i32> %Src, i32 Idx
1341 // %EltAddr = getelementptr i32* %1, i32 0
1342 // %store i32 %OneElt, i32* %EltAddr
1343 //
Duncan P. N. Exon Smithd83547a2015-10-09 18:44:40 +00001344 BasicBlock *CondBlock =
1345 IfBlock->splitBasicBlock(InsertPt->getIterator(), "cond.store");
Elena Demikhovsky87700a72014-12-28 08:54:45 +00001346 Builder.SetInsertPoint(InsertPt);
Duncan P. N. Exon Smithd83547a2015-10-09 18:44:40 +00001347
Elena Demikhovsky87700a72014-12-28 08:54:45 +00001348 Value *OneElt = Builder.CreateExtractElement(Src, Builder.getInt32(Idx));
David Blaikieaa41cd52015-04-03 21:33:42 +00001349 Value *Gep =
1350 Builder.CreateInBoundsGEP(EltTy, FirstEltPtr, Builder.getInt32(Idx));
Elena Demikhovsky3ad76a12015-10-21 11:50:54 +00001351 Builder.CreateAlignedStore(OneElt, Gep, AlignVal);
Elena Demikhovsky87700a72014-12-28 08:54:45 +00001352
1353 // Create "else" block, fill it in the next iteration
Duncan P. N. Exon Smithd83547a2015-10-09 18:44:40 +00001354 BasicBlock *NewIfBlock =
1355 CondBlock->splitBasicBlock(InsertPt->getIterator(), "else");
Elena Demikhovsky87700a72014-12-28 08:54:45 +00001356 Builder.SetInsertPoint(InsertPt);
1357 Instruction *OldBr = IfBlock->getTerminator();
1358 BranchInst::Create(CondBlock, NewIfBlock, Cmp, OldBr);
1359 OldBr->eraseFromParent();
1360 IfBlock = NewIfBlock;
1361 }
1362 CI->eraseFromParent();
1363}
1364
Elena Demikhovsky09285852015-10-25 15:37:55 +00001365// Translate a masked gather intrinsic like
1366// <16 x i32 > @llvm.masked.gather.v16i32( <16 x i32*> %Ptrs, i32 4,
1367// <16 x i1> %Mask, <16 x i32> %Src)
1368// to a chain of basic blocks, with loading element one-by-one if
1369// the appropriate mask bit is set
1370//
1371// % Ptrs = getelementptr i32, i32* %base, <16 x i64> %ind
1372// % Mask0 = extractelement <16 x i1> %Mask, i32 0
1373// % ToLoad0 = icmp eq i1 % Mask0, true
1374// br i1 % ToLoad0, label %cond.load, label %else
1375//
1376// cond.load:
1377// % Ptr0 = extractelement <16 x i32*> %Ptrs, i32 0
1378// % Load0 = load i32, i32* % Ptr0, align 4
1379// % Res0 = insertelement <16 x i32> undef, i32 % Load0, i32 0
1380// br label %else
1381//
1382// else:
1383// %res.phi.else = phi <16 x i32>[% Res0, %cond.load], [undef, % 0]
1384// % Mask1 = extractelement <16 x i1> %Mask, i32 1
1385// % ToLoad1 = icmp eq i1 % Mask1, true
1386// br i1 % ToLoad1, label %cond.load1, label %else2
1387//
1388// cond.load1:
1389// % Ptr1 = extractelement <16 x i32*> %Ptrs, i32 1
1390// % Load1 = load i32, i32* % Ptr1, align 4
1391// % Res1 = insertelement <16 x i32> %res.phi.else, i32 % Load1, i32 1
1392// br label %else2
1393// . . .
1394// % Result = select <16 x i1> %Mask, <16 x i32> %res.phi.select, <16 x i32> %Src
1395// ret <16 x i32> %Result
1396static void ScalarizeMaskedGather(CallInst *CI) {
1397 Value *Ptrs = CI->getArgOperand(0);
1398 Value *Alignment = CI->getArgOperand(1);
1399 Value *Mask = CI->getArgOperand(2);
1400 Value *Src0 = CI->getArgOperand(3);
1401
1402 VectorType *VecType = dyn_cast<VectorType>(CI->getType());
1403
1404 assert(VecType && "Unexpected return type of masked load intrinsic");
1405
1406 IRBuilder<> Builder(CI->getContext());
1407 Instruction *InsertPt = CI;
1408 BasicBlock *IfBlock = CI->getParent();
1409 BasicBlock *CondBlock = nullptr;
1410 BasicBlock *PrevIfBlock = CI->getParent();
1411 Builder.SetInsertPoint(InsertPt);
1412 unsigned AlignVal = cast<ConstantInt>(Alignment)->getZExtValue();
1413
1414 Builder.SetCurrentDebugLocation(CI->getDebugLoc());
1415
1416 Value *UndefVal = UndefValue::get(VecType);
1417
1418 // The result vector
1419 Value *VResult = UndefVal;
1420 unsigned VectorWidth = VecType->getNumElements();
1421
1422 // Shorten the way if the mask is a vector of constants.
1423 bool IsConstMask = isa<ConstantVector>(Mask);
1424
1425 if (IsConstMask) {
1426 for (unsigned Idx = 0; Idx < VectorWidth; ++Idx) {
1427 if (cast<ConstantVector>(Mask)->getOperand(Idx)->isNullValue())
1428 continue;
1429 Value *Ptr = Builder.CreateExtractElement(Ptrs, Builder.getInt32(Idx),
1430 "Ptr" + Twine(Idx));
1431 LoadInst *Load = Builder.CreateAlignedLoad(Ptr, AlignVal,
1432 "Load" + Twine(Idx));
1433 VResult = Builder.CreateInsertElement(VResult, Load,
1434 Builder.getInt32(Idx),
1435 "Res" + Twine(Idx));
1436 }
1437 Value *NewI = Builder.CreateSelect(Mask, VResult, Src0);
1438 CI->replaceAllUsesWith(NewI);
1439 CI->eraseFromParent();
1440 return;
1441 }
1442
1443 PHINode *Phi = nullptr;
1444 Value *PrevPhi = UndefVal;
1445
1446 for (unsigned Idx = 0; Idx < VectorWidth; ++Idx) {
1447
1448 // Fill the "else" block, created in the previous iteration
1449 //
1450 // %Mask1 = extractelement <16 x i1> %Mask, i32 1
1451 // %ToLoad1 = icmp eq i1 %Mask1, true
1452 // br i1 %ToLoad1, label %cond.load, label %else
1453 //
1454 if (Idx > 0) {
1455 Phi = Builder.CreatePHI(VecType, 2, "res.phi.else");
1456 Phi->addIncoming(VResult, CondBlock);
1457 Phi->addIncoming(PrevPhi, PrevIfBlock);
1458 PrevPhi = Phi;
1459 VResult = Phi;
1460 }
1461
1462 Value *Predicate = Builder.CreateExtractElement(Mask,
1463 Builder.getInt32(Idx),
1464 "Mask" + Twine(Idx));
1465 Value *Cmp = Builder.CreateICmp(ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ, Predicate,
1466 ConstantInt::get(Predicate->getType(), 1),
1467 "ToLoad" + Twine(Idx));
1468
1469 // Create "cond" block
1470 //
1471 // %EltAddr = getelementptr i32* %1, i32 0
1472 // %Elt = load i32* %EltAddr
1473 // VResult = insertelement <16 x i32> VResult, i32 %Elt, i32 Idx
1474 //
1475 CondBlock = IfBlock->splitBasicBlock(InsertPt, "cond.load");
1476 Builder.SetInsertPoint(InsertPt);
1477
1478 Value *Ptr = Builder.CreateExtractElement(Ptrs, Builder.getInt32(Idx),
1479 "Ptr" + Twine(Idx));
1480 LoadInst *Load = Builder.CreateAlignedLoad(Ptr, AlignVal,
1481 "Load" + Twine(Idx));
1482 VResult = Builder.CreateInsertElement(VResult, Load, Builder.getInt32(Idx),
1483 "Res" + Twine(Idx));
1484
1485 // Create "else" block, fill it in the next iteration
1486 BasicBlock *NewIfBlock = CondBlock->splitBasicBlock(InsertPt, "else");
1487 Builder.SetInsertPoint(InsertPt);
1488 Instruction *OldBr = IfBlock->getTerminator();
1489 BranchInst::Create(CondBlock, NewIfBlock, Cmp, OldBr);
1490 OldBr->eraseFromParent();
1491 PrevIfBlock = IfBlock;
1492 IfBlock = NewIfBlock;
1493 }
1494
1495 Phi = Builder.CreatePHI(VecType, 2, "res.phi.select");
1496 Phi->addIncoming(VResult, CondBlock);
1497 Phi->addIncoming(PrevPhi, PrevIfBlock);
1498 Value *NewI = Builder.CreateSelect(Mask, Phi, Src0);
1499 CI->replaceAllUsesWith(NewI);
1500 CI->eraseFromParent();
1501}
1502
1503// Translate a masked scatter intrinsic, like
1504// void @llvm.masked.scatter.v16i32(<16 x i32> %Src, <16 x i32*>* %Ptrs, i32 4,
1505// <16 x i1> %Mask)
1506// to a chain of basic blocks, that stores element one-by-one if
1507// the appropriate mask bit is set.
1508//
1509// % Ptrs = getelementptr i32, i32* %ptr, <16 x i64> %ind
1510// % Mask0 = extractelement <16 x i1> % Mask, i32 0
1511// % ToStore0 = icmp eq i1 % Mask0, true
1512// br i1 %ToStore0, label %cond.store, label %else
1513//
1514// cond.store:
1515// % Elt0 = extractelement <16 x i32> %Src, i32 0
1516// % Ptr0 = extractelement <16 x i32*> %Ptrs, i32 0
1517// store i32 %Elt0, i32* % Ptr0, align 4
1518// br label %else
1519//
1520// else:
1521// % Mask1 = extractelement <16 x i1> % Mask, i32 1
1522// % ToStore1 = icmp eq i1 % Mask1, true
1523// br i1 % ToStore1, label %cond.store1, label %else2
1524//
1525// cond.store1:
1526// % Elt1 = extractelement <16 x i32> %Src, i32 1
1527// % Ptr1 = extractelement <16 x i32*> %Ptrs, i32 1
1528// store i32 % Elt1, i32* % Ptr1, align 4
1529// br label %else2
1530// . . .
1531static void ScalarizeMaskedScatter(CallInst *CI) {
1532 Value *Src = CI->getArgOperand(0);
1533 Value *Ptrs = CI->getArgOperand(1);
1534 Value *Alignment = CI->getArgOperand(2);
1535 Value *Mask = CI->getArgOperand(3);
1536
1537 assert(isa<VectorType>(Src->getType()) &&
1538 "Unexpected data type in masked scatter intrinsic");
1539 assert(isa<VectorType>(Ptrs->getType()) &&
1540 isa<PointerType>(Ptrs->getType()->getVectorElementType()) &&
1541 "Vector of pointers is expected in masked scatter intrinsic");
1542
1543 IRBuilder<> Builder(CI->getContext());
1544 Instruction *InsertPt = CI;
1545 BasicBlock *IfBlock = CI->getParent();
1546 Builder.SetInsertPoint(InsertPt);
1547 Builder.SetCurrentDebugLocation(CI->getDebugLoc());
1548
1549 unsigned AlignVal = cast<ConstantInt>(Alignment)->getZExtValue();
1550 unsigned VectorWidth = Src->getType()->getVectorNumElements();
1551
1552 // Shorten the way if the mask is a vector of constants.
1553 bool IsConstMask = isa<ConstantVector>(Mask);
1554
1555 if (IsConstMask) {
1556 for (unsigned Idx = 0; Idx < VectorWidth; ++Idx) {
1557 if (cast<ConstantVector>(Mask)->getOperand(Idx)->isNullValue())
1558 continue;
1559 Value *OneElt = Builder.CreateExtractElement(Src, Builder.getInt32(Idx),
1560 "Elt" + Twine(Idx));
1561 Value *Ptr = Builder.CreateExtractElement(Ptrs, Builder.getInt32(Idx),
1562 "Ptr" + Twine(Idx));
1563 Builder.CreateAlignedStore(OneElt, Ptr, AlignVal);
1564 }
1565 CI->eraseFromParent();
1566 return;
1567 }
1568 for (unsigned Idx = 0; Idx < VectorWidth; ++Idx) {
1569 // Fill the "else" block, created in the previous iteration
1570 //
1571 // % Mask1 = extractelement <16 x i1> % Mask, i32 Idx
1572 // % ToStore = icmp eq i1 % Mask1, true
1573 // br i1 % ToStore, label %cond.store, label %else
1574 //
1575 Value *Predicate = Builder.CreateExtractElement(Mask,
1576 Builder.getInt32(Idx),
1577 "Mask" + Twine(Idx));
1578 Value *Cmp =
1579 Builder.CreateICmp(ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ, Predicate,
1580 ConstantInt::get(Predicate->getType(), 1),
1581 "ToStore" + Twine(Idx));
1582
1583 // Create "cond" block
1584 //
1585 // % Elt1 = extractelement <16 x i32> %Src, i32 1
1586 // % Ptr1 = extractelement <16 x i32*> %Ptrs, i32 1
1587 // %store i32 % Elt1, i32* % Ptr1
1588 //
1589 BasicBlock *CondBlock = IfBlock->splitBasicBlock(InsertPt, "cond.store");
1590 Builder.SetInsertPoint(InsertPt);
1591
1592 Value *OneElt = Builder.CreateExtractElement(Src, Builder.getInt32(Idx),
1593 "Elt" + Twine(Idx));
1594 Value *Ptr = Builder.CreateExtractElement(Ptrs, Builder.getInt32(Idx),
1595 "Ptr" + Twine(Idx));
1596 Builder.CreateAlignedStore(OneElt, Ptr, AlignVal);
1597
1598 // Create "else" block, fill it in the next iteration
1599 BasicBlock *NewIfBlock = CondBlock->splitBasicBlock(InsertPt, "else");
1600 Builder.SetInsertPoint(InsertPt);
1601 Instruction *OldBr = IfBlock->getTerminator();
1602 BranchInst::Create(CondBlock, NewIfBlock, Cmp, OldBr);
1603 OldBr->eraseFromParent();
1604 IfBlock = NewIfBlock;
1605 }
1606 CI->eraseFromParent();
1607}
1608
Sanjay Patelfc580a62015-09-21 23:03:16 +00001609bool CodeGenPrepare::optimizeCallInst(CallInst *CI, bool& ModifiedDT) {
Chris Lattner7a277142011-01-15 07:14:54 +00001610 BasicBlock *BB = CI->getParent();
Nadav Rotem465834c2012-07-24 10:51:42 +00001611
Chris Lattner7a277142011-01-15 07:14:54 +00001612 // Lower inline assembly if we can.
1613 // If we found an inline asm expession, and if the target knows how to
1614 // lower it to normal LLVM code, do so now.
1615 if (TLI && isa<InlineAsm>(CI->getCalledValue())) {
1616 if (TLI->ExpandInlineAsm(CI)) {
1617 // Avoid invalidating the iterator.
1618 CurInstIterator = BB->begin();
1619 // Avoid processing instructions out of order, which could cause
1620 // reuse before a value is defined.
1621 SunkAddrs.clear();
1622 return true;
1623 }
1624 // Sink address computing for memory operands into the block.
Sanjay Patelfc580a62015-09-21 23:03:16 +00001625 if (optimizeInlineAsmInst(CI))
Chris Lattner7a277142011-01-15 07:14:54 +00001626 return true;
1627 }
Nadav Rotem465834c2012-07-24 10:51:42 +00001628
John Brawn0dbcd652015-03-18 12:01:59 +00001629 // Align the pointer arguments to this call if the target thinks it's a good
1630 // idea
1631 unsigned MinSize, PrefAlign;
Mehdi Amini4fe37982015-07-07 18:45:17 +00001632 if (TLI && TLI->shouldAlignPointerArgs(CI, MinSize, PrefAlign)) {
John Brawn0dbcd652015-03-18 12:01:59 +00001633 for (auto &Arg : CI->arg_operands()) {
1634 // We want to align both objects whose address is used directly and
1635 // objects whose address is used in casts and GEPs, though it only makes
1636 // sense for GEPs if the offset is a multiple of the desired alignment and
1637 // if size - offset meets the size threshold.
1638 if (!Arg->getType()->isPointerTy())
1639 continue;
Mehdi Amini4fe37982015-07-07 18:45:17 +00001640 APInt Offset(DL->getPointerSizeInBits(
1641 cast<PointerType>(Arg->getType())->getAddressSpace()),
1642 0);
1643 Value *Val = Arg->stripAndAccumulateInBoundsConstantOffsets(*DL, Offset);
John Brawn0dbcd652015-03-18 12:01:59 +00001644 uint64_t Offset2 = Offset.getLimitedValue();
John Brawne8fd6c82015-04-13 10:47:39 +00001645 if ((Offset2 & (PrefAlign-1)) != 0)
1646 continue;
John Brawn0dbcd652015-03-18 12:01:59 +00001647 AllocaInst *AI;
Mehdi Amini4fe37982015-07-07 18:45:17 +00001648 if ((AI = dyn_cast<AllocaInst>(Val)) && AI->getAlignment() < PrefAlign &&
1649 DL->getTypeAllocSize(AI->getAllocatedType()) >= MinSize + Offset2)
John Brawn0dbcd652015-03-18 12:01:59 +00001650 AI->setAlignment(PrefAlign);
John Brawne8fd6c82015-04-13 10:47:39 +00001651 // Global variables can only be aligned if they are defined in this
1652 // object (i.e. they are uniquely initialized in this object), and
1653 // over-aligning global variables that have an explicit section is
1654 // forbidden.
1655 GlobalVariable *GV;
Mehdi Amini4fe37982015-07-07 18:45:17 +00001656 if ((GV = dyn_cast<GlobalVariable>(Val)) && GV->hasUniqueInitializer() &&
1657 !GV->hasSection() && GV->getAlignment() < PrefAlign &&
1658 DL->getTypeAllocSize(GV->getType()->getElementType()) >=
1659 MinSize + Offset2)
John Brawne8fd6c82015-04-13 10:47:39 +00001660 GV->setAlignment(PrefAlign);
John Brawn0dbcd652015-03-18 12:01:59 +00001661 }
1662 // If this is a memcpy (or similar) then we may be able to improve the
1663 // alignment
1664 if (MemIntrinsic *MI = dyn_cast<MemIntrinsic>(CI)) {
Mehdi Amini4fe37982015-07-07 18:45:17 +00001665 unsigned Align = getKnownAlignment(MI->getDest(), *DL);
John Brawn0dbcd652015-03-18 12:01:59 +00001666 if (MemTransferInst *MTI = dyn_cast<MemTransferInst>(MI))
Mehdi Amini4fe37982015-07-07 18:45:17 +00001667 Align = std::min(Align, getKnownAlignment(MTI->getSource(), *DL));
Pete Cooper67cf9a72015-11-19 05:56:52 +00001668 if (Align > MI->getAlignment())
1669 MI->setAlignment(ConstantInt::get(MI->getAlignmentType(), Align));
John Brawn0dbcd652015-03-18 12:01:59 +00001670 }
1671 }
1672
Eric Christopher4b7948e2010-03-11 02:41:03 +00001673 IntrinsicInst *II = dyn_cast<IntrinsicInst>(CI);
Elena Demikhovsky87700a72014-12-28 08:54:45 +00001674 if (II) {
1675 switch (II->getIntrinsicID()) {
1676 default: break;
1677 case Intrinsic::objectsize: {
1678 // Lower all uses of llvm.objectsize.*
1679 bool Min = (cast<ConstantInt>(II->getArgOperand(1))->getZExtValue() == 1);
1680 Type *ReturnTy = CI->getType();
1681 Constant *RetVal = ConstantInt::get(ReturnTy, Min ? 0 : -1ULL);
Nadav Rotem465834c2012-07-24 10:51:42 +00001682
Elena Demikhovsky87700a72014-12-28 08:54:45 +00001683 // Substituting this can cause recursive simplifications, which can
1684 // invalidate our iterator. Use a WeakVH to hold onto it in case this
1685 // happens.
Duncan P. N. Exon Smithd83547a2015-10-09 18:44:40 +00001686 WeakVH IterHandle(&*CurInstIterator);
Nadav Rotem465834c2012-07-24 10:51:42 +00001687
Elena Demikhovsky87700a72014-12-28 08:54:45 +00001688 replaceAndRecursivelySimplify(CI, RetVal,
Quentin Colombet7bdd50d2015-03-18 23:17:28 +00001689 TLInfo, nullptr);
Chris Lattner1b93be52011-01-15 07:25:29 +00001690
Elena Demikhovsky87700a72014-12-28 08:54:45 +00001691 // If the iterator instruction was recursively deleted, start over at the
1692 // start of the block.
Duncan P. N. Exon Smithd83547a2015-10-09 18:44:40 +00001693 if (IterHandle != CurInstIterator.getNodePtrUnchecked()) {
Elena Demikhovsky87700a72014-12-28 08:54:45 +00001694 CurInstIterator = BB->begin();
1695 SunkAddrs.clear();
1696 }
1697 return true;
Chris Lattner86d56c62011-01-18 20:53:04 +00001698 }
Elena Demikhovsky87700a72014-12-28 08:54:45 +00001699 case Intrinsic::masked_load: {
1700 // Scalarize unsupported vector masked load
Elena Demikhovsky20662e32015-10-19 07:43:38 +00001701 if (!TTI->isLegalMaskedLoad(CI->getType())) {
Elena Demikhovsky87700a72014-12-28 08:54:45 +00001702 ScalarizeMaskedLoad(CI);
1703 ModifiedDT = true;
1704 return true;
1705 }
1706 return false;
1707 }
1708 case Intrinsic::masked_store: {
Elena Demikhovsky20662e32015-10-19 07:43:38 +00001709 if (!TTI->isLegalMaskedStore(CI->getArgOperand(0)->getType())) {
Elena Demikhovsky87700a72014-12-28 08:54:45 +00001710 ScalarizeMaskedStore(CI);
1711 ModifiedDT = true;
1712 return true;
1713 }
1714 return false;
1715 }
Elena Demikhovsky09285852015-10-25 15:37:55 +00001716 case Intrinsic::masked_gather: {
1717 if (!TTI->isLegalMaskedGather(CI->getType())) {
1718 ScalarizeMaskedGather(CI);
1719 ModifiedDT = true;
1720 return true;
1721 }
1722 return false;
1723 }
1724 case Intrinsic::masked_scatter: {
1725 if (!TTI->isLegalMaskedScatter(CI->getArgOperand(0)->getType())) {
1726 ScalarizeMaskedScatter(CI);
1727 ModifiedDT = true;
1728 return true;
1729 }
1730 return false;
1731 }
Ahmed Bougacha236f9042015-05-22 21:37:17 +00001732 case Intrinsic::aarch64_stlxr:
1733 case Intrinsic::aarch64_stxr: {
1734 ZExtInst *ExtVal = dyn_cast<ZExtInst>(CI->getArgOperand(0));
1735 if (!ExtVal || !ExtVal->hasOneUse() ||
1736 ExtVal->getParent() == CI->getParent())
1737 return false;
1738 // Sink a zext feeding stlxr/stxr before it, so it can be folded into it.
1739 ExtVal->moveBefore(CI);
Ahmed Bougachaf3299142015-06-17 20:44:32 +00001740 // Mark this instruction as "inserted by CGP", so that other
1741 // optimizations don't touch it.
1742 InsertedInsts.insert(ExtVal);
Ahmed Bougacha236f9042015-05-22 21:37:17 +00001743 return true;
1744 }
Piotr Padlewski6c15ec42015-09-15 18:32:14 +00001745 case Intrinsic::invariant_group_barrier:
1746 II->replaceAllUsesWith(II->getArgOperand(0));
1747 II->eraseFromParent();
1748 return true;
Elena Demikhovsky87700a72014-12-28 08:54:45 +00001749 }
Eric Christopher4b7948e2010-03-11 02:41:03 +00001750
Elena Demikhovsky87700a72014-12-28 08:54:45 +00001751 if (TLI) {
Matt Arsenaultf72b49b2015-06-04 16:17:38 +00001752 // Unknown address space.
1753 // TODO: Target hook to pick which address space the intrinsic cares
1754 // about?
1755 unsigned AddrSpace = ~0u;
Elena Demikhovsky87700a72014-12-28 08:54:45 +00001756 SmallVector<Value*, 2> PtrOps;
1757 Type *AccessTy;
Matt Arsenaultf72b49b2015-06-04 16:17:38 +00001758 if (TLI->GetAddrModeArguments(II, PtrOps, AccessTy, AddrSpace))
Elena Demikhovsky87700a72014-12-28 08:54:45 +00001759 while (!PtrOps.empty())
Sanjay Patelfc580a62015-09-21 23:03:16 +00001760 if (optimizeMemoryInst(II, PtrOps.pop_back_val(), AccessTy, AddrSpace))
Elena Demikhovsky87700a72014-12-28 08:54:45 +00001761 return true;
1762 }
Pete Cooper615fd892012-03-13 20:59:56 +00001763 }
1764
Eric Christopher4b7948e2010-03-11 02:41:03 +00001765 // From here on out we're working with named functions.
Craig Topperc0196b12014-04-14 00:51:57 +00001766 if (!CI->getCalledFunction()) return false;
Devang Patel0da52502011-05-26 21:51:06 +00001767
Benjamin Kramer7b88a492010-03-12 09:27:41 +00001768 // Lower all default uses of _chk calls. This is very similar
1769 // to what InstCombineCalls does, but here we are only lowering calls
Ahmed Bougachae03bef72015-01-12 17:22:43 +00001770 // to fortified library functions (e.g. __memcpy_chk) that have the default
1771 // "don't know" as the objectsize. Anything else should be left alone.
Mehdi Aminia28d91d2015-03-10 02:37:25 +00001772 FortifiedLibCallSimplifier Simplifier(TLInfo, true);
Ahmed Bougachae03bef72015-01-12 17:22:43 +00001773 if (Value *V = Simplifier.optimizeCall(CI)) {
1774 CI->replaceAllUsesWith(V);
1775 CI->eraseFromParent();
1776 return true;
1777 }
1778 return false;
Eric Christopher4b7948e2010-03-11 02:41:03 +00001779}
Chris Lattner1b93be52011-01-15 07:25:29 +00001780
Sanjay Patel4ac6b112015-09-21 22:47:23 +00001781/// Look for opportunities to duplicate return instructions to the predecessor
1782/// to enable tail call optimizations. The case it is currently looking for is:
Dmitri Gribenko2bc1d482012-09-13 12:34:29 +00001783/// @code
Evan Cheng0663f232011-03-21 01:19:09 +00001784/// bb0:
1785/// %tmp0 = tail call i32 @f0()
1786/// br label %return
1787/// bb1:
1788/// %tmp1 = tail call i32 @f1()
1789/// br label %return
1790/// bb2:
1791/// %tmp2 = tail call i32 @f2()
1792/// br label %return
1793/// return:
1794/// %retval = phi i32 [ %tmp0, %bb0 ], [ %tmp1, %bb1 ], [ %tmp2, %bb2 ]
1795/// ret i32 %retval
Dmitri Gribenko2bc1d482012-09-13 12:34:29 +00001796/// @endcode
Evan Cheng0663f232011-03-21 01:19:09 +00001797///
1798/// =>
1799///
Dmitri Gribenko2bc1d482012-09-13 12:34:29 +00001800/// @code
Evan Cheng0663f232011-03-21 01:19:09 +00001801/// bb0:
1802/// %tmp0 = tail call i32 @f0()
1803/// ret i32 %tmp0
1804/// bb1:
1805/// %tmp1 = tail call i32 @f1()
1806/// ret i32 %tmp1
1807/// bb2:
1808/// %tmp2 = tail call i32 @f2()
1809/// ret i32 %tmp2
Dmitri Gribenko2bc1d482012-09-13 12:34:29 +00001810/// @endcode
Sanjay Patelfc580a62015-09-21 23:03:16 +00001811bool CodeGenPrepare::dupRetToEnableTailCallOpts(BasicBlock *BB) {
Cameron Zwarich47e71752011-03-24 04:51:51 +00001812 if (!TLI)
1813 return false;
1814
Benjamin Kramer455fa352012-11-23 19:17:06 +00001815 ReturnInst *RI = dyn_cast<ReturnInst>(BB->getTerminator());
1816 if (!RI)
1817 return false;
1818
Craig Topperc0196b12014-04-14 00:51:57 +00001819 PHINode *PN = nullptr;
1820 BitCastInst *BCI = nullptr;
Evan Cheng0663f232011-03-21 01:19:09 +00001821 Value *V = RI->getReturnValue();
Evan Cheng249716e2012-07-27 21:21:26 +00001822 if (V) {
1823 BCI = dyn_cast<BitCastInst>(V);
1824 if (BCI)
1825 V = BCI->getOperand(0);
1826
1827 PN = dyn_cast<PHINode>(V);
1828 if (!PN)
1829 return false;
1830 }
Evan Cheng0663f232011-03-21 01:19:09 +00001831
Cameron Zwarich4649f172011-03-24 04:52:10 +00001832 if (PN && PN->getParent() != BB)
Cameron Zwarich0e331c02011-03-24 04:52:07 +00001833 return false;
Evan Cheng0663f232011-03-21 01:19:09 +00001834
Cameron Zwarich0e331c02011-03-24 04:52:07 +00001835 // It's not safe to eliminate the sign / zero extension of the return value.
1836 // See llvm::isInTailCallPosition().
1837 const Function *F = BB->getParent();
Bill Wendling658d24d2013-01-18 21:53:16 +00001838 AttributeSet CallerAttrs = F->getAttributes();
1839 if (CallerAttrs.hasAttribute(AttributeSet::ReturnIndex, Attribute::ZExt) ||
1840 CallerAttrs.hasAttribute(AttributeSet::ReturnIndex, Attribute::SExt))
Cameron Zwarich0e331c02011-03-24 04:52:07 +00001841 return false;
Evan Cheng0663f232011-03-21 01:19:09 +00001842
Cameron Zwarich4649f172011-03-24 04:52:10 +00001843 // Make sure there are no instructions between the PHI and return, or that the
1844 // return is the first instruction in the block.
1845 if (PN) {
1846 BasicBlock::iterator BI = BB->begin();
1847 do { ++BI; } while (isa<DbgInfoIntrinsic>(BI));
Evan Cheng249716e2012-07-27 21:21:26 +00001848 if (&*BI == BCI)
1849 // Also skip over the bitcast.
1850 ++BI;
Cameron Zwarich4649f172011-03-24 04:52:10 +00001851 if (&*BI != RI)
1852 return false;
1853 } else {
Cameron Zwarich74157ab2011-03-24 16:34:59 +00001854 BasicBlock::iterator BI = BB->begin();
1855 while (isa<DbgInfoIntrinsic>(BI)) ++BI;
1856 if (&*BI != RI)
Cameron Zwarich4649f172011-03-24 04:52:10 +00001857 return false;
1858 }
Evan Cheng0663f232011-03-21 01:19:09 +00001859
Cameron Zwarich0e331c02011-03-24 04:52:07 +00001860 /// Only dup the ReturnInst if the CallInst is likely to be emitted as a tail
1861 /// call.
1862 SmallVector<CallInst*, 4> TailCalls;
Cameron Zwarich4649f172011-03-24 04:52:10 +00001863 if (PN) {
1864 for (unsigned I = 0, E = PN->getNumIncomingValues(); I != E; ++I) {
1865 CallInst *CI = dyn_cast<CallInst>(PN->getIncomingValue(I));
1866 // Make sure the phi value is indeed produced by the tail call.
1867 if (CI && CI->hasOneUse() && CI->getParent() == PN->getIncomingBlock(I) &&
1868 TLI->mayBeEmittedAsTailCall(CI))
1869 TailCalls.push_back(CI);
1870 }
1871 } else {
1872 SmallPtrSet<BasicBlock*, 4> VisitedBBs;
Duncan P. N. Exon Smith6c990152014-07-21 17:06:51 +00001873 for (pred_iterator PI = pred_begin(BB), PE = pred_end(BB); PI != PE; ++PI) {
David Blaikie70573dc2014-11-19 07:49:26 +00001874 if (!VisitedBBs.insert(*PI).second)
Cameron Zwarich4649f172011-03-24 04:52:10 +00001875 continue;
1876
Duncan P. N. Exon Smith6c990152014-07-21 17:06:51 +00001877 BasicBlock::InstListType &InstList = (*PI)->getInstList();
Cameron Zwarich4649f172011-03-24 04:52:10 +00001878 BasicBlock::InstListType::reverse_iterator RI = InstList.rbegin();
1879 BasicBlock::InstListType::reverse_iterator RE = InstList.rend();
Cameron Zwarich74157ab2011-03-24 16:34:59 +00001880 do { ++RI; } while (RI != RE && isa<DbgInfoIntrinsic>(&*RI));
1881 if (RI == RE)
Cameron Zwarich4649f172011-03-24 04:52:10 +00001882 continue;
Cameron Zwarich74157ab2011-03-24 16:34:59 +00001883
Cameron Zwarich4649f172011-03-24 04:52:10 +00001884 CallInst *CI = dyn_cast<CallInst>(&*RI);
Cameron Zwarich2edfe772011-03-24 15:54:11 +00001885 if (CI && CI->use_empty() && TLI->mayBeEmittedAsTailCall(CI))
Cameron Zwarich4649f172011-03-24 04:52:10 +00001886 TailCalls.push_back(CI);
1887 }
Evan Cheng0663f232011-03-21 01:19:09 +00001888 }
1889
Cameron Zwarich0e331c02011-03-24 04:52:07 +00001890 bool Changed = false;
1891 for (unsigned i = 0, e = TailCalls.size(); i != e; ++i) {
1892 CallInst *CI = TailCalls[i];
1893 CallSite CS(CI);
1894
1895 // Conservatively require the attributes of the call to match those of the
1896 // return. Ignore noalias because it doesn't affect the call sequence.
Bill Wendling658d24d2013-01-18 21:53:16 +00001897 AttributeSet CalleeAttrs = CS.getAttributes();
1898 if (AttrBuilder(CalleeAttrs, AttributeSet::ReturnIndex).
Bill Wendling3d7b0b82012-12-19 07:18:57 +00001899 removeAttribute(Attribute::NoAlias) !=
Bill Wendling658d24d2013-01-18 21:53:16 +00001900 AttrBuilder(CalleeAttrs, AttributeSet::ReturnIndex).
Bill Wendling3d7b0b82012-12-19 07:18:57 +00001901 removeAttribute(Attribute::NoAlias))
Cameron Zwarich0e331c02011-03-24 04:52:07 +00001902 continue;
1903
1904 // Make sure the call instruction is followed by an unconditional branch to
1905 // the return block.
1906 BasicBlock *CallBB = CI->getParent();
1907 BranchInst *BI = dyn_cast<BranchInst>(CallBB->getTerminator());
1908 if (!BI || !BI->isUnconditional() || BI->getSuccessor(0) != BB)
1909 continue;
1910
1911 // Duplicate the return into CallBB.
1912 (void)FoldReturnIntoUncondBranch(RI, BB, CallBB);
Devang Patel8f606d72011-03-24 15:35:25 +00001913 ModifiedDT = Changed = true;
Cameron Zwarich0e331c02011-03-24 04:52:07 +00001914 ++NumRetsDup;
1915 }
1916
1917 // If we eliminated all predecessors of the block, delete the block now.
Evan Cheng64a223a2012-09-28 23:58:57 +00001918 if (Changed && !BB->hasAddressTaken() && pred_begin(BB) == pred_end(BB))
Cameron Zwarich0e331c02011-03-24 04:52:07 +00001919 BB->eraseFromParent();
1920
1921 return Changed;
Evan Cheng0663f232011-03-21 01:19:09 +00001922}
1923
Chris Lattner728f9022008-11-25 07:09:13 +00001924//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
Chris Lattner728f9022008-11-25 07:09:13 +00001925// Memory Optimization
1926//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
1927
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00001928namespace {
1929
Sanjay Patel4ac6b112015-09-21 22:47:23 +00001930/// This is an extended version of TargetLowering::AddrMode
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00001931/// which holds actual Value*'s for register values.
Chandler Carruth95f83e02013-01-07 15:14:13 +00001932struct ExtAddrMode : public TargetLowering::AddrMode {
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00001933 Value *BaseReg;
1934 Value *ScaledReg;
Craig Topperc0196b12014-04-14 00:51:57 +00001935 ExtAddrMode() : BaseReg(nullptr), ScaledReg(nullptr) {}
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00001936 void print(raw_ostream &OS) const;
1937 void dump() const;
Stephen Lin837bba12013-07-15 17:55:02 +00001938
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00001939 bool operator==(const ExtAddrMode& O) const {
1940 return (BaseReg == O.BaseReg) && (ScaledReg == O.ScaledReg) &&
1941 (BaseGV == O.BaseGV) && (BaseOffs == O.BaseOffs) &&
1942 (HasBaseReg == O.HasBaseReg) && (Scale == O.Scale);
1943 }
1944};
1945
Eli Friedmanc1f1f852013-09-10 23:09:24 +00001946#ifndef NDEBUG
1947static inline raw_ostream &operator<<(raw_ostream &OS, const ExtAddrMode &AM) {
1948 AM.print(OS);
1949 return OS;
1950}
1951#endif
1952
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00001953void ExtAddrMode::print(raw_ostream &OS) const {
1954 bool NeedPlus = false;
1955 OS << "[";
1956 if (BaseGV) {
1957 OS << (NeedPlus ? " + " : "")
1958 << "GV:";
Chandler Carruthd48cdbf2014-01-09 02:29:41 +00001959 BaseGV->printAsOperand(OS, /*PrintType=*/false);
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00001960 NeedPlus = true;
1961 }
1962
Richard Trieuc0f91212014-05-30 03:15:17 +00001963 if (BaseOffs) {
1964 OS << (NeedPlus ? " + " : "")
1965 << BaseOffs;
1966 NeedPlus = true;
1967 }
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00001968
1969 if (BaseReg) {
1970 OS << (NeedPlus ? " + " : "")
1971 << "Base:";
Chandler Carruthd48cdbf2014-01-09 02:29:41 +00001972 BaseReg->printAsOperand(OS, /*PrintType=*/false);
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00001973 NeedPlus = true;
1974 }
1975 if (Scale) {
1976 OS << (NeedPlus ? " + " : "")
1977 << Scale << "*";
Chandler Carruthd48cdbf2014-01-09 02:29:41 +00001978 ScaledReg->printAsOperand(OS, /*PrintType=*/false);
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00001979 }
1980
1981 OS << ']';
1982}
1983
1984#if !defined(NDEBUG) || defined(LLVM_ENABLE_DUMP)
1985void ExtAddrMode::dump() const {
1986 print(dbgs());
1987 dbgs() << '\n';
1988}
1989#endif
1990
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00001991/// \brief This class provides transaction based operation on the IR.
1992/// Every change made through this class is recorded in the internal state and
1993/// can be undone (rollback) until commit is called.
1994class TypePromotionTransaction {
1995
1996 /// \brief This represents the common interface of the individual transaction.
1997 /// Each class implements the logic for doing one specific modification on
1998 /// the IR via the TypePromotionTransaction.
1999 class TypePromotionAction {
2000 protected:
2001 /// The Instruction modified.
2002 Instruction *Inst;
2003
2004 public:
2005 /// \brief Constructor of the action.
2006 /// The constructor performs the related action on the IR.
2007 TypePromotionAction(Instruction *Inst) : Inst(Inst) {}
2008
2009 virtual ~TypePromotionAction() {}
2010
2011 /// \brief Undo the modification done by this action.
2012 /// When this method is called, the IR must be in the same state as it was
2013 /// before this action was applied.
2014 /// \pre Undoing the action works if and only if the IR is in the exact same
2015 /// state as it was directly after this action was applied.
2016 virtual void undo() = 0;
2017
2018 /// \brief Advocate every change made by this action.
2019 /// When the results on the IR of the action are to be kept, it is important
2020 /// to call this function, otherwise hidden information may be kept forever.
2021 virtual void commit() {
2022 // Nothing to be done, this action is not doing anything.
2023 }
2024 };
2025
2026 /// \brief Utility to remember the position of an instruction.
2027 class InsertionHandler {
2028 /// Position of an instruction.
2029 /// Either an instruction:
2030 /// - Is the first in a basic block: BB is used.
2031 /// - Has a previous instructon: PrevInst is used.
2032 union {
2033 Instruction *PrevInst;
2034 BasicBlock *BB;
2035 } Point;
2036 /// Remember whether or not the instruction had a previous instruction.
2037 bool HasPrevInstruction;
2038
2039 public:
2040 /// \brief Record the position of \p Inst.
2041 InsertionHandler(Instruction *Inst) {
Duncan P. N. Exon Smithd83547a2015-10-09 18:44:40 +00002042 BasicBlock::iterator It = Inst->getIterator();
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002043 HasPrevInstruction = (It != (Inst->getParent()->begin()));
2044 if (HasPrevInstruction)
Duncan P. N. Exon Smithd83547a2015-10-09 18:44:40 +00002045 Point.PrevInst = &*--It;
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002046 else
2047 Point.BB = Inst->getParent();
2048 }
2049
2050 /// \brief Insert \p Inst at the recorded position.
2051 void insert(Instruction *Inst) {
2052 if (HasPrevInstruction) {
2053 if (Inst->getParent())
2054 Inst->removeFromParent();
2055 Inst->insertAfter(Point.PrevInst);
2056 } else {
Duncan P. N. Exon Smithd83547a2015-10-09 18:44:40 +00002057 Instruction *Position = &*Point.BB->getFirstInsertionPt();
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002058 if (Inst->getParent())
2059 Inst->moveBefore(Position);
2060 else
2061 Inst->insertBefore(Position);
2062 }
2063 }
2064 };
2065
2066 /// \brief Move an instruction before another.
2067 class InstructionMoveBefore : public TypePromotionAction {
2068 /// Original position of the instruction.
2069 InsertionHandler Position;
2070
2071 public:
2072 /// \brief Move \p Inst before \p Before.
2073 InstructionMoveBefore(Instruction *Inst, Instruction *Before)
2074 : TypePromotionAction(Inst), Position(Inst) {
2075 DEBUG(dbgs() << "Do: move: " << *Inst << "\nbefore: " << *Before << "\n");
2076 Inst->moveBefore(Before);
2077 }
2078
2079 /// \brief Move the instruction back to its original position.
Craig Topper4584cd52014-03-07 09:26:03 +00002080 void undo() override {
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002081 DEBUG(dbgs() << "Undo: moveBefore: " << *Inst << "\n");
2082 Position.insert(Inst);
2083 }
2084 };
2085
2086 /// \brief Set the operand of an instruction with a new value.
2087 class OperandSetter : public TypePromotionAction {
2088 /// Original operand of the instruction.
2089 Value *Origin;
2090 /// Index of the modified instruction.
2091 unsigned Idx;
2092
2093 public:
2094 /// \brief Set \p Idx operand of \p Inst with \p NewVal.
2095 OperandSetter(Instruction *Inst, unsigned Idx, Value *NewVal)
2096 : TypePromotionAction(Inst), Idx(Idx) {
2097 DEBUG(dbgs() << "Do: setOperand: " << Idx << "\n"
2098 << "for:" << *Inst << "\n"
2099 << "with:" << *NewVal << "\n");
2100 Origin = Inst->getOperand(Idx);
2101 Inst->setOperand(Idx, NewVal);
2102 }
2103
2104 /// \brief Restore the original value of the instruction.
Craig Topper4584cd52014-03-07 09:26:03 +00002105 void undo() override {
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002106 DEBUG(dbgs() << "Undo: setOperand:" << Idx << "\n"
2107 << "for: " << *Inst << "\n"
2108 << "with: " << *Origin << "\n");
2109 Inst->setOperand(Idx, Origin);
2110 }
2111 };
2112
2113 /// \brief Hide the operands of an instruction.
2114 /// Do as if this instruction was not using any of its operands.
2115 class OperandsHider : public TypePromotionAction {
2116 /// The list of original operands.
2117 SmallVector<Value *, 4> OriginalValues;
2118
2119 public:
2120 /// \brief Remove \p Inst from the uses of the operands of \p Inst.
2121 OperandsHider(Instruction *Inst) : TypePromotionAction(Inst) {
2122 DEBUG(dbgs() << "Do: OperandsHider: " << *Inst << "\n");
2123 unsigned NumOpnds = Inst->getNumOperands();
2124 OriginalValues.reserve(NumOpnds);
2125 for (unsigned It = 0; It < NumOpnds; ++It) {
2126 // Save the current operand.
2127 Value *Val = Inst->getOperand(It);
2128 OriginalValues.push_back(Val);
2129 // Set a dummy one.
Sanjay Patel9fbe22b2015-10-09 18:01:03 +00002130 // We could use OperandSetter here, but that would imply an overhead
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002131 // that we are not willing to pay.
2132 Inst->setOperand(It, UndefValue::get(Val->getType()));
2133 }
2134 }
2135
2136 /// \brief Restore the original list of uses.
Craig Topper4584cd52014-03-07 09:26:03 +00002137 void undo() override {
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002138 DEBUG(dbgs() << "Undo: OperandsHider: " << *Inst << "\n");
2139 for (unsigned It = 0, EndIt = OriginalValues.size(); It != EndIt; ++It)
2140 Inst->setOperand(It, OriginalValues[It]);
2141 }
2142 };
2143
2144 /// \brief Build a truncate instruction.
2145 class TruncBuilder : public TypePromotionAction {
Quentin Colombetac55b152014-09-16 22:36:07 +00002146 Value *Val;
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002147 public:
2148 /// \brief Build a truncate instruction of \p Opnd producing a \p Ty
2149 /// result.
2150 /// trunc Opnd to Ty.
2151 TruncBuilder(Instruction *Opnd, Type *Ty) : TypePromotionAction(Opnd) {
2152 IRBuilder<> Builder(Opnd);
Quentin Colombetac55b152014-09-16 22:36:07 +00002153 Val = Builder.CreateTrunc(Opnd, Ty, "promoted");
2154 DEBUG(dbgs() << "Do: TruncBuilder: " << *Val << "\n");
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002155 }
2156
Quentin Colombetac55b152014-09-16 22:36:07 +00002157 /// \brief Get the built value.
2158 Value *getBuiltValue() { return Val; }
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002159
2160 /// \brief Remove the built instruction.
Craig Topper4584cd52014-03-07 09:26:03 +00002161 void undo() override {
Quentin Colombetac55b152014-09-16 22:36:07 +00002162 DEBUG(dbgs() << "Undo: TruncBuilder: " << *Val << "\n");
2163 if (Instruction *IVal = dyn_cast<Instruction>(Val))
2164 IVal->eraseFromParent();
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002165 }
2166 };
2167
2168 /// \brief Build a sign extension instruction.
2169 class SExtBuilder : public TypePromotionAction {
Quentin Colombetac55b152014-09-16 22:36:07 +00002170 Value *Val;
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002171 public:
2172 /// \brief Build a sign extension instruction of \p Opnd producing a \p Ty
2173 /// result.
2174 /// sext Opnd to Ty.
2175 SExtBuilder(Instruction *InsertPt, Value *Opnd, Type *Ty)
Quentin Colombetac55b152014-09-16 22:36:07 +00002176 : TypePromotionAction(InsertPt) {
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002177 IRBuilder<> Builder(InsertPt);
Quentin Colombetac55b152014-09-16 22:36:07 +00002178 Val = Builder.CreateSExt(Opnd, Ty, "promoted");
2179 DEBUG(dbgs() << "Do: SExtBuilder: " << *Val << "\n");
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002180 }
2181
Quentin Colombetac55b152014-09-16 22:36:07 +00002182 /// \brief Get the built value.
2183 Value *getBuiltValue() { return Val; }
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002184
2185 /// \brief Remove the built instruction.
Craig Topper4584cd52014-03-07 09:26:03 +00002186 void undo() override {
Quentin Colombetac55b152014-09-16 22:36:07 +00002187 DEBUG(dbgs() << "Undo: SExtBuilder: " << *Val << "\n");
2188 if (Instruction *IVal = dyn_cast<Instruction>(Val))
2189 IVal->eraseFromParent();
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002190 }
2191 };
2192
Quentin Colombetb2c5c6d2014-09-11 21:22:14 +00002193 /// \brief Build a zero extension instruction.
2194 class ZExtBuilder : public TypePromotionAction {
Quentin Colombetac55b152014-09-16 22:36:07 +00002195 Value *Val;
Quentin Colombetb2c5c6d2014-09-11 21:22:14 +00002196 public:
2197 /// \brief Build a zero extension instruction of \p Opnd producing a \p Ty
2198 /// result.
2199 /// zext Opnd to Ty.
2200 ZExtBuilder(Instruction *InsertPt, Value *Opnd, Type *Ty)
Quentin Colombetac55b152014-09-16 22:36:07 +00002201 : TypePromotionAction(InsertPt) {
Quentin Colombetb2c5c6d2014-09-11 21:22:14 +00002202 IRBuilder<> Builder(InsertPt);
Quentin Colombetac55b152014-09-16 22:36:07 +00002203 Val = Builder.CreateZExt(Opnd, Ty, "promoted");
2204 DEBUG(dbgs() << "Do: ZExtBuilder: " << *Val << "\n");
Quentin Colombetb2c5c6d2014-09-11 21:22:14 +00002205 }
2206
Quentin Colombetac55b152014-09-16 22:36:07 +00002207 /// \brief Get the built value.
2208 Value *getBuiltValue() { return Val; }
Quentin Colombetb2c5c6d2014-09-11 21:22:14 +00002209
2210 /// \brief Remove the built instruction.
2211 void undo() override {
Quentin Colombetac55b152014-09-16 22:36:07 +00002212 DEBUG(dbgs() << "Undo: ZExtBuilder: " << *Val << "\n");
2213 if (Instruction *IVal = dyn_cast<Instruction>(Val))
2214 IVal->eraseFromParent();
Quentin Colombetb2c5c6d2014-09-11 21:22:14 +00002215 }
2216 };
2217
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002218 /// \brief Mutate an instruction to another type.
2219 class TypeMutator : public TypePromotionAction {
2220 /// Record the original type.
2221 Type *OrigTy;
2222
2223 public:
2224 /// \brief Mutate the type of \p Inst into \p NewTy.
2225 TypeMutator(Instruction *Inst, Type *NewTy)
2226 : TypePromotionAction(Inst), OrigTy(Inst->getType()) {
2227 DEBUG(dbgs() << "Do: MutateType: " << *Inst << " with " << *NewTy
2228 << "\n");
2229 Inst->mutateType(NewTy);
2230 }
2231
2232 /// \brief Mutate the instruction back to its original type.
Craig Topper4584cd52014-03-07 09:26:03 +00002233 void undo() override {
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002234 DEBUG(dbgs() << "Undo: MutateType: " << *Inst << " with " << *OrigTy
2235 << "\n");
2236 Inst->mutateType(OrigTy);
2237 }
2238 };
2239
2240 /// \brief Replace the uses of an instruction by another instruction.
2241 class UsesReplacer : public TypePromotionAction {
2242 /// Helper structure to keep track of the replaced uses.
2243 struct InstructionAndIdx {
2244 /// The instruction using the instruction.
2245 Instruction *Inst;
2246 /// The index where this instruction is used for Inst.
2247 unsigned Idx;
2248 InstructionAndIdx(Instruction *Inst, unsigned Idx)
2249 : Inst(Inst), Idx(Idx) {}
2250 };
2251
2252 /// Keep track of the original uses (pair Instruction, Index).
2253 SmallVector<InstructionAndIdx, 4> OriginalUses;
2254 typedef SmallVectorImpl<InstructionAndIdx>::iterator use_iterator;
2255
2256 public:
2257 /// \brief Replace all the use of \p Inst by \p New.
2258 UsesReplacer(Instruction *Inst, Value *New) : TypePromotionAction(Inst) {
2259 DEBUG(dbgs() << "Do: UsersReplacer: " << *Inst << " with " << *New
2260 << "\n");
2261 // Record the original uses.
Chandler Carruthcdf47882014-03-09 03:16:01 +00002262 for (Use &U : Inst->uses()) {
2263 Instruction *UserI = cast<Instruction>(U.getUser());
2264 OriginalUses.push_back(InstructionAndIdx(UserI, U.getOperandNo()));
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002265 }
2266 // Now, we can replace the uses.
2267 Inst->replaceAllUsesWith(New);
2268 }
2269
2270 /// \brief Reassign the original uses of Inst to Inst.
Craig Topper4584cd52014-03-07 09:26:03 +00002271 void undo() override {
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002272 DEBUG(dbgs() << "Undo: UsersReplacer: " << *Inst << "\n");
2273 for (use_iterator UseIt = OriginalUses.begin(),
2274 EndIt = OriginalUses.end();
2275 UseIt != EndIt; ++UseIt) {
2276 UseIt->Inst->setOperand(UseIt->Idx, Inst);
2277 }
2278 }
2279 };
2280
2281 /// \brief Remove an instruction from the IR.
2282 class InstructionRemover : public TypePromotionAction {
2283 /// Original position of the instruction.
2284 InsertionHandler Inserter;
2285 /// Helper structure to hide all the link to the instruction. In other
2286 /// words, this helps to do as if the instruction was removed.
2287 OperandsHider Hider;
2288 /// Keep track of the uses replaced, if any.
2289 UsesReplacer *Replacer;
2290
2291 public:
2292 /// \brief Remove all reference of \p Inst and optinally replace all its
2293 /// uses with New.
Craig Topperc0196b12014-04-14 00:51:57 +00002294 /// \pre If !Inst->use_empty(), then New != nullptr
2295 InstructionRemover(Instruction *Inst, Value *New = nullptr)
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002296 : TypePromotionAction(Inst), Inserter(Inst), Hider(Inst),
Craig Topperc0196b12014-04-14 00:51:57 +00002297 Replacer(nullptr) {
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002298 if (New)
2299 Replacer = new UsesReplacer(Inst, New);
2300 DEBUG(dbgs() << "Do: InstructionRemover: " << *Inst << "\n");
2301 Inst->removeFromParent();
2302 }
2303
Alexander Kornienkof817c1c2015-04-11 02:11:45 +00002304 ~InstructionRemover() override { delete Replacer; }
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002305
2306 /// \brief Really remove the instruction.
Craig Topper4584cd52014-03-07 09:26:03 +00002307 void commit() override { delete Inst; }
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002308
2309 /// \brief Resurrect the instruction and reassign it to the proper uses if
2310 /// new value was provided when build this action.
Craig Topper4584cd52014-03-07 09:26:03 +00002311 void undo() override {
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002312 DEBUG(dbgs() << "Undo: InstructionRemover: " << *Inst << "\n");
2313 Inserter.insert(Inst);
2314 if (Replacer)
2315 Replacer->undo();
2316 Hider.undo();
2317 }
2318 };
2319
2320public:
2321 /// Restoration point.
2322 /// The restoration point is a pointer to an action instead of an iterator
2323 /// because the iterator may be invalidated but not the pointer.
2324 typedef const TypePromotionAction *ConstRestorationPt;
2325 /// Advocate every changes made in that transaction.
2326 void commit();
2327 /// Undo all the changes made after the given point.
2328 void rollback(ConstRestorationPt Point);
2329 /// Get the current restoration point.
2330 ConstRestorationPt getRestorationPoint() const;
2331
2332 /// \name API for IR modification with state keeping to support rollback.
2333 /// @{
2334 /// Same as Instruction::setOperand.
2335 void setOperand(Instruction *Inst, unsigned Idx, Value *NewVal);
2336 /// Same as Instruction::eraseFromParent.
Craig Topperc0196b12014-04-14 00:51:57 +00002337 void eraseInstruction(Instruction *Inst, Value *NewVal = nullptr);
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002338 /// Same as Value::replaceAllUsesWith.
2339 void replaceAllUsesWith(Instruction *Inst, Value *New);
2340 /// Same as Value::mutateType.
2341 void mutateType(Instruction *Inst, Type *NewTy);
2342 /// Same as IRBuilder::createTrunc.
Quentin Colombetac55b152014-09-16 22:36:07 +00002343 Value *createTrunc(Instruction *Opnd, Type *Ty);
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002344 /// Same as IRBuilder::createSExt.
Quentin Colombetac55b152014-09-16 22:36:07 +00002345 Value *createSExt(Instruction *Inst, Value *Opnd, Type *Ty);
Quentin Colombetb2c5c6d2014-09-11 21:22:14 +00002346 /// Same as IRBuilder::createZExt.
Quentin Colombetac55b152014-09-16 22:36:07 +00002347 Value *createZExt(Instruction *Inst, Value *Opnd, Type *Ty);
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002348 /// Same as Instruction::moveBefore.
2349 void moveBefore(Instruction *Inst, Instruction *Before);
2350 /// @}
2351
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002352private:
2353 /// The ordered list of actions made so far.
David Blaikie7620b312014-04-15 06:17:44 +00002354 SmallVector<std::unique_ptr<TypePromotionAction>, 16> Actions;
2355 typedef SmallVectorImpl<std::unique_ptr<TypePromotionAction>>::iterator CommitPt;
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002356};
2357
2358void TypePromotionTransaction::setOperand(Instruction *Inst, unsigned Idx,
2359 Value *NewVal) {
2360 Actions.push_back(
David Blaikie7620b312014-04-15 06:17:44 +00002361 make_unique<TypePromotionTransaction::OperandSetter>(Inst, Idx, NewVal));
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002362}
2363
2364void TypePromotionTransaction::eraseInstruction(Instruction *Inst,
2365 Value *NewVal) {
2366 Actions.push_back(
David Blaikie7620b312014-04-15 06:17:44 +00002367 make_unique<TypePromotionTransaction::InstructionRemover>(Inst, NewVal));
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002368}
2369
2370void TypePromotionTransaction::replaceAllUsesWith(Instruction *Inst,
2371 Value *New) {
David Blaikie7620b312014-04-15 06:17:44 +00002372 Actions.push_back(make_unique<TypePromotionTransaction::UsesReplacer>(Inst, New));
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002373}
2374
2375void TypePromotionTransaction::mutateType(Instruction *Inst, Type *NewTy) {
David Blaikie7620b312014-04-15 06:17:44 +00002376 Actions.push_back(make_unique<TypePromotionTransaction::TypeMutator>(Inst, NewTy));
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002377}
2378
Quentin Colombetac55b152014-09-16 22:36:07 +00002379Value *TypePromotionTransaction::createTrunc(Instruction *Opnd,
2380 Type *Ty) {
David Blaikie7620b312014-04-15 06:17:44 +00002381 std::unique_ptr<TruncBuilder> Ptr(new TruncBuilder(Opnd, Ty));
Quentin Colombetac55b152014-09-16 22:36:07 +00002382 Value *Val = Ptr->getBuiltValue();
David Blaikie7620b312014-04-15 06:17:44 +00002383 Actions.push_back(std::move(Ptr));
Quentin Colombetac55b152014-09-16 22:36:07 +00002384 return Val;
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002385}
2386
Quentin Colombetac55b152014-09-16 22:36:07 +00002387Value *TypePromotionTransaction::createSExt(Instruction *Inst,
2388 Value *Opnd, Type *Ty) {
David Blaikie7620b312014-04-15 06:17:44 +00002389 std::unique_ptr<SExtBuilder> Ptr(new SExtBuilder(Inst, Opnd, Ty));
Quentin Colombetac55b152014-09-16 22:36:07 +00002390 Value *Val = Ptr->getBuiltValue();
David Blaikie7620b312014-04-15 06:17:44 +00002391 Actions.push_back(std::move(Ptr));
Quentin Colombetac55b152014-09-16 22:36:07 +00002392 return Val;
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002393}
2394
Quentin Colombetac55b152014-09-16 22:36:07 +00002395Value *TypePromotionTransaction::createZExt(Instruction *Inst,
2396 Value *Opnd, Type *Ty) {
Quentin Colombetb2c5c6d2014-09-11 21:22:14 +00002397 std::unique_ptr<ZExtBuilder> Ptr(new ZExtBuilder(Inst, Opnd, Ty));
Quentin Colombetac55b152014-09-16 22:36:07 +00002398 Value *Val = Ptr->getBuiltValue();
Quentin Colombetb2c5c6d2014-09-11 21:22:14 +00002399 Actions.push_back(std::move(Ptr));
Quentin Colombetac55b152014-09-16 22:36:07 +00002400 return Val;
Quentin Colombetb2c5c6d2014-09-11 21:22:14 +00002401}
2402
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002403void TypePromotionTransaction::moveBefore(Instruction *Inst,
2404 Instruction *Before) {
2405 Actions.push_back(
David Blaikie7620b312014-04-15 06:17:44 +00002406 make_unique<TypePromotionTransaction::InstructionMoveBefore>(Inst, Before));
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002407}
2408
2409TypePromotionTransaction::ConstRestorationPt
2410TypePromotionTransaction::getRestorationPoint() const {
David Blaikie7620b312014-04-15 06:17:44 +00002411 return !Actions.empty() ? Actions.back().get() : nullptr;
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002412}
2413
2414void TypePromotionTransaction::commit() {
2415 for (CommitPt It = Actions.begin(), EndIt = Actions.end(); It != EndIt;
David Blaikie7620b312014-04-15 06:17:44 +00002416 ++It)
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002417 (*It)->commit();
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002418 Actions.clear();
2419}
2420
2421void TypePromotionTransaction::rollback(
2422 TypePromotionTransaction::ConstRestorationPt Point) {
David Blaikie7620b312014-04-15 06:17:44 +00002423 while (!Actions.empty() && Point != Actions.back().get()) {
2424 std::unique_ptr<TypePromotionAction> Curr = Actions.pop_back_val();
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002425 Curr->undo();
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002426 }
2427}
2428
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00002429/// \brief A helper class for matching addressing modes.
2430///
2431/// This encapsulates the logic for matching the target-legal addressing modes.
2432class AddressingModeMatcher {
2433 SmallVectorImpl<Instruction*> &AddrModeInsts;
Eric Christopherd75c00c2015-02-26 22:38:34 +00002434 const TargetMachine &TM;
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00002435 const TargetLowering &TLI;
Mehdi Amini4fe37982015-07-07 18:45:17 +00002436 const DataLayout &DL;
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00002437
2438 /// AccessTy/MemoryInst - This is the type for the access (e.g. double) and
2439 /// the memory instruction that we're computing this address for.
2440 Type *AccessTy;
Matt Arsenaultf72b49b2015-06-04 16:17:38 +00002441 unsigned AddrSpace;
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00002442 Instruction *MemoryInst;
Stephen Lin837bba12013-07-15 17:55:02 +00002443
Sanjay Patel4ac6b112015-09-21 22:47:23 +00002444 /// This is the addressing mode that we're building up. This is
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00002445 /// part of the return value of this addressing mode matching stuff.
2446 ExtAddrMode &AddrMode;
Stephen Lin837bba12013-07-15 17:55:02 +00002447
Ahmed Bougachaf3299142015-06-17 20:44:32 +00002448 /// The instructions inserted by other CodeGenPrepare optimizations.
2449 const SetOfInstrs &InsertedInsts;
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002450 /// A map from the instructions to their type before promotion.
2451 InstrToOrigTy &PromotedInsts;
2452 /// The ongoing transaction where every action should be registered.
2453 TypePromotionTransaction &TPT;
2454
Sanjay Patel4ac6b112015-09-21 22:47:23 +00002455 /// This is set to true when we should not do profitability checks.
2456 /// When true, IsProfitableToFoldIntoAddressingMode always returns true.
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00002457 bool IgnoreProfitability;
Stephen Lin837bba12013-07-15 17:55:02 +00002458
Eric Christopherd75c00c2015-02-26 22:38:34 +00002459 AddressingModeMatcher(SmallVectorImpl<Instruction *> &AMI,
Matt Arsenaultf72b49b2015-06-04 16:17:38 +00002460 const TargetMachine &TM, Type *AT, unsigned AS,
2461 Instruction *MI, ExtAddrMode &AM,
Ahmed Bougachaf3299142015-06-17 20:44:32 +00002462 const SetOfInstrs &InsertedInsts,
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002463 InstrToOrigTy &PromotedInsts,
2464 TypePromotionTransaction &TPT)
Eric Christopherd75c00c2015-02-26 22:38:34 +00002465 : AddrModeInsts(AMI), TM(TM),
2466 TLI(*TM.getSubtargetImpl(*MI->getParent()->getParent())
2467 ->getTargetLowering()),
Mehdi Amini4fe37982015-07-07 18:45:17 +00002468 DL(MI->getModule()->getDataLayout()), AccessTy(AT), AddrSpace(AS),
2469 MemoryInst(MI), AddrMode(AM), InsertedInsts(InsertedInsts),
2470 PromotedInsts(PromotedInsts), TPT(TPT) {
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00002471 IgnoreProfitability = false;
2472 }
2473public:
Stephen Lin837bba12013-07-15 17:55:02 +00002474
Sanjay Patel4ac6b112015-09-21 22:47:23 +00002475 /// Find the maximal addressing mode that a load/store of V can fold,
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00002476 /// give an access type of AccessTy. This returns a list of involved
2477 /// instructions in AddrModeInsts.
Ahmed Bougachaf3299142015-06-17 20:44:32 +00002478 /// \p InsertedInsts The instructions inserted by other CodeGenPrepare
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002479 /// optimizations.
2480 /// \p PromotedInsts maps the instructions to their type before promotion.
2481 /// \p The ongoing transaction where every action should be registered.
Matt Arsenaultf72b49b2015-06-04 16:17:38 +00002482 static ExtAddrMode Match(Value *V, Type *AccessTy, unsigned AS,
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00002483 Instruction *MemoryInst,
2484 SmallVectorImpl<Instruction*> &AddrModeInsts,
Eric Christopherd75c00c2015-02-26 22:38:34 +00002485 const TargetMachine &TM,
Ahmed Bougachaf3299142015-06-17 20:44:32 +00002486 const SetOfInstrs &InsertedInsts,
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002487 InstrToOrigTy &PromotedInsts,
2488 TypePromotionTransaction &TPT) {
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00002489 ExtAddrMode Result;
2490
Matt Arsenaultf72b49b2015-06-04 16:17:38 +00002491 bool Success = AddressingModeMatcher(AddrModeInsts, TM, AccessTy, AS,
Ahmed Bougachaf3299142015-06-17 20:44:32 +00002492 MemoryInst, Result, InsertedInsts,
Sanjay Patelfc580a62015-09-21 23:03:16 +00002493 PromotedInsts, TPT).matchAddr(V, 0);
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00002494 (void)Success; assert(Success && "Couldn't select *anything*?");
2495 return Result;
2496 }
2497private:
Sanjay Patelfc580a62015-09-21 23:03:16 +00002498 bool matchScaledValue(Value *ScaleReg, int64_t Scale, unsigned Depth);
2499 bool matchAddr(Value *V, unsigned Depth);
2500 bool matchOperationAddr(User *Operation, unsigned Opcode, unsigned Depth,
Craig Topperc0196b12014-04-14 00:51:57 +00002501 bool *MovedAway = nullptr);
Sanjay Patelfc580a62015-09-21 23:03:16 +00002502 bool isProfitableToFoldIntoAddressingMode(Instruction *I,
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00002503 ExtAddrMode &AMBefore,
2504 ExtAddrMode &AMAfter);
Sanjay Patelfc580a62015-09-21 23:03:16 +00002505 bool valueAlreadyLiveAtInst(Value *Val, Value *KnownLive1, Value *KnownLive2);
2506 bool isPromotionProfitable(unsigned NewCost, unsigned OldCost,
Quentin Colombet867c5502014-02-14 22:23:22 +00002507 Value *PromotedOperand) const;
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00002508};
2509
Sanjay Patel4ac6b112015-09-21 22:47:23 +00002510/// Try adding ScaleReg*Scale to the current addressing mode.
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00002511/// Return true and update AddrMode if this addr mode is legal for the target,
2512/// false if not.
Sanjay Patelfc580a62015-09-21 23:03:16 +00002513bool AddressingModeMatcher::matchScaledValue(Value *ScaleReg, int64_t Scale,
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00002514 unsigned Depth) {
2515 // If Scale is 1, then this is the same as adding ScaleReg to the addressing
2516 // mode. Just process that directly.
2517 if (Scale == 1)
Sanjay Patelfc580a62015-09-21 23:03:16 +00002518 return matchAddr(ScaleReg, Depth);
Stephen Lin837bba12013-07-15 17:55:02 +00002519
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00002520 // If the scale is 0, it takes nothing to add this.
2521 if (Scale == 0)
2522 return true;
Stephen Lin837bba12013-07-15 17:55:02 +00002523
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00002524 // If we already have a scale of this value, we can add to it, otherwise, we
2525 // need an available scale field.
2526 if (AddrMode.Scale != 0 && AddrMode.ScaledReg != ScaleReg)
2527 return false;
2528
2529 ExtAddrMode TestAddrMode = AddrMode;
2530
2531 // Add scale to turn X*4+X*3 -> X*7. This could also do things like
2532 // [A+B + A*7] -> [B+A*8].
2533 TestAddrMode.Scale += Scale;
2534 TestAddrMode.ScaledReg = ScaleReg;
2535
2536 // If the new address isn't legal, bail out.
Mehdi Amini0cdec1e2015-07-09 02:09:40 +00002537 if (!TLI.isLegalAddressingMode(DL, TestAddrMode, AccessTy, AddrSpace))
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00002538 return false;
2539
2540 // It was legal, so commit it.
2541 AddrMode = TestAddrMode;
Stephen Lin837bba12013-07-15 17:55:02 +00002542
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00002543 // Okay, we decided that we can add ScaleReg+Scale to AddrMode. Check now
2544 // to see if ScaleReg is actually X+C. If so, we can turn this into adding
2545 // X*Scale + C*Scale to addr mode.
Craig Topperc0196b12014-04-14 00:51:57 +00002546 ConstantInt *CI = nullptr; Value *AddLHS = nullptr;
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00002547 if (isa<Instruction>(ScaleReg) && // not a constant expr.
2548 match(ScaleReg, m_Add(m_Value(AddLHS), m_ConstantInt(CI)))) {
2549 TestAddrMode.ScaledReg = AddLHS;
2550 TestAddrMode.BaseOffs += CI->getSExtValue()*TestAddrMode.Scale;
Stephen Lin837bba12013-07-15 17:55:02 +00002551
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00002552 // If this addressing mode is legal, commit it and remember that we folded
2553 // this instruction.
Mehdi Amini0cdec1e2015-07-09 02:09:40 +00002554 if (TLI.isLegalAddressingMode(DL, TestAddrMode, AccessTy, AddrSpace)) {
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00002555 AddrModeInsts.push_back(cast<Instruction>(ScaleReg));
2556 AddrMode = TestAddrMode;
2557 return true;
2558 }
2559 }
2560
2561 // Otherwise, not (x+c)*scale, just return what we have.
2562 return true;
2563}
2564
Sanjay Patel4ac6b112015-09-21 22:47:23 +00002565/// This is a little filter, which returns true if an addressing computation
2566/// involving I might be folded into a load/store accessing it.
2567/// This doesn't need to be perfect, but needs to accept at least
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00002568/// the set of instructions that MatchOperationAddr can.
2569static bool MightBeFoldableInst(Instruction *I) {
2570 switch (I->getOpcode()) {
2571 case Instruction::BitCast:
Eli Benderskyf13a0562014-05-22 00:02:52 +00002572 case Instruction::AddrSpaceCast:
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00002573 // Don't touch identity bitcasts.
2574 if (I->getType() == I->getOperand(0)->getType())
2575 return false;
2576 return I->getType()->isPointerTy() || I->getType()->isIntegerTy();
2577 case Instruction::PtrToInt:
2578 // PtrToInt is always a noop, as we know that the int type is pointer sized.
2579 return true;
2580 case Instruction::IntToPtr:
2581 // We know the input is intptr_t, so this is foldable.
2582 return true;
2583 case Instruction::Add:
2584 return true;
2585 case Instruction::Mul:
2586 case Instruction::Shl:
2587 // Can only handle X*C and X << C.
2588 return isa<ConstantInt>(I->getOperand(1));
2589 case Instruction::GetElementPtr:
2590 return true;
2591 default:
2592 return false;
2593 }
2594}
2595
Quentin Colombetfc2201e2014-12-17 01:36:17 +00002596/// \brief Check whether or not \p Val is a legal instruction for \p TLI.
2597/// \note \p Val is assumed to be the product of some type promotion.
2598/// Therefore if \p Val has an undefined state in \p TLI, this is assumed
2599/// to be legal, as the non-promoted value would have had the same state.
Mehdi Amini44ede332015-07-09 02:09:04 +00002600static bool isPromotedInstructionLegal(const TargetLowering &TLI,
2601 const DataLayout &DL, Value *Val) {
Quentin Colombetfc2201e2014-12-17 01:36:17 +00002602 Instruction *PromotedInst = dyn_cast<Instruction>(Val);
2603 if (!PromotedInst)
2604 return false;
2605 int ISDOpcode = TLI.InstructionOpcodeToISD(PromotedInst->getOpcode());
2606 // If the ISDOpcode is undefined, it was undefined before the promotion.
2607 if (!ISDOpcode)
2608 return true;
2609 // Otherwise, check if the promoted instruction is legal or not.
2610 return TLI.isOperationLegalOrCustom(
Mehdi Amini44ede332015-07-09 02:09:04 +00002611 ISDOpcode, TLI.getValueType(DL, PromotedInst->getType()));
Quentin Colombetfc2201e2014-12-17 01:36:17 +00002612}
2613
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002614/// \brief Hepler class to perform type promotion.
2615class TypePromotionHelper {
Quentin Colombetf5485bb2014-11-13 01:44:51 +00002616 /// \brief Utility function to check whether or not a sign or zero extension
2617 /// of \p Inst with \p ConsideredExtType can be moved through \p Inst by
2618 /// either using the operands of \p Inst or promoting \p Inst.
2619 /// The type of the extension is defined by \p IsSExt.
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002620 /// In other words, check if:
Quentin Colombetf5485bb2014-11-13 01:44:51 +00002621 /// ext (Ty Inst opnd1 opnd2 ... opndN) to ConsideredExtType.
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002622 /// #1 Promotion applies:
Quentin Colombetf5485bb2014-11-13 01:44:51 +00002623 /// ConsideredExtType Inst (ext opnd1 to ConsideredExtType, ...).
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002624 /// #2 Operand reuses:
Quentin Colombetf5485bb2014-11-13 01:44:51 +00002625 /// ext opnd1 to ConsideredExtType.
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002626 /// \p PromotedInsts maps the instructions to their type before promotion.
Quentin Colombetf5485bb2014-11-13 01:44:51 +00002627 static bool canGetThrough(const Instruction *Inst, Type *ConsideredExtType,
2628 const InstrToOrigTy &PromotedInsts, bool IsSExt);
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002629
2630 /// \brief Utility function to determine if \p OpIdx should be promoted when
2631 /// promoting \p Inst.
Quentin Colombetf5485bb2014-11-13 01:44:51 +00002632 static bool shouldExtOperand(const Instruction *Inst, int OpIdx) {
Rafael Espindola84921b92015-10-24 23:11:13 +00002633 return !(isa<SelectInst>(Inst) && OpIdx == 0);
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002634 }
2635
Quentin Colombetf5485bb2014-11-13 01:44:51 +00002636 /// \brief Utility function to promote the operand of \p Ext when this
Quentin Colombetb2c5c6d2014-09-11 21:22:14 +00002637 /// operand is a promotable trunc or sext or zext.
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002638 /// \p PromotedInsts maps the instructions to their type before promotion.
Quentin Colombet1b274f92015-03-10 21:48:15 +00002639 /// \p CreatedInstsCost[out] contains the cost of all instructions
Quentin Colombetf5485bb2014-11-13 01:44:51 +00002640 /// created to promote the operand of Ext.
Quentin Colombetfc2201e2014-12-17 01:36:17 +00002641 /// Newly added extensions are inserted in \p Exts.
2642 /// Newly added truncates are inserted in \p Truncs.
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002643 /// Should never be called directly.
Quentin Colombetf5485bb2014-11-13 01:44:51 +00002644 /// \return The promoted value which is used instead of Ext.
Quentin Colombetfc2201e2014-12-17 01:36:17 +00002645 static Value *promoteOperandForTruncAndAnyExt(
2646 Instruction *Ext, TypePromotionTransaction &TPT,
Quentin Colombet1b274f92015-03-10 21:48:15 +00002647 InstrToOrigTy &PromotedInsts, unsigned &CreatedInstsCost,
Quentin Colombetfc2201e2014-12-17 01:36:17 +00002648 SmallVectorImpl<Instruction *> *Exts,
Quentin Colombet1b274f92015-03-10 21:48:15 +00002649 SmallVectorImpl<Instruction *> *Truncs, const TargetLowering &TLI);
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002650
Quentin Colombetf5485bb2014-11-13 01:44:51 +00002651 /// \brief Utility function to promote the operand of \p Ext when this
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002652 /// operand is promotable and is not a supported trunc or sext.
2653 /// \p PromotedInsts maps the instructions to their type before promotion.
Quentin Colombet1b274f92015-03-10 21:48:15 +00002654 /// \p CreatedInstsCost[out] contains the cost of all the instructions
Quentin Colombetf5485bb2014-11-13 01:44:51 +00002655 /// created to promote the operand of Ext.
Quentin Colombetfc2201e2014-12-17 01:36:17 +00002656 /// Newly added extensions are inserted in \p Exts.
2657 /// Newly added truncates are inserted in \p Truncs.
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002658 /// Should never be called directly.
Quentin Colombetf5485bb2014-11-13 01:44:51 +00002659 /// \return The promoted value which is used instead of Ext.
Quentin Colombet1b274f92015-03-10 21:48:15 +00002660 static Value *promoteOperandForOther(Instruction *Ext,
2661 TypePromotionTransaction &TPT,
2662 InstrToOrigTy &PromotedInsts,
2663 unsigned &CreatedInstsCost,
2664 SmallVectorImpl<Instruction *> *Exts,
2665 SmallVectorImpl<Instruction *> *Truncs,
2666 const TargetLowering &TLI, bool IsSExt);
Quentin Colombetf5485bb2014-11-13 01:44:51 +00002667
2668 /// \see promoteOperandForOther.
Quentin Colombet1b274f92015-03-10 21:48:15 +00002669 static Value *signExtendOperandForOther(
2670 Instruction *Ext, TypePromotionTransaction &TPT,
2671 InstrToOrigTy &PromotedInsts, unsigned &CreatedInstsCost,
2672 SmallVectorImpl<Instruction *> *Exts,
2673 SmallVectorImpl<Instruction *> *Truncs, const TargetLowering &TLI) {
2674 return promoteOperandForOther(Ext, TPT, PromotedInsts, CreatedInstsCost,
2675 Exts, Truncs, TLI, true);
Quentin Colombetf5485bb2014-11-13 01:44:51 +00002676 }
2677
2678 /// \see promoteOperandForOther.
Quentin Colombet1b274f92015-03-10 21:48:15 +00002679 static Value *zeroExtendOperandForOther(
2680 Instruction *Ext, TypePromotionTransaction &TPT,
2681 InstrToOrigTy &PromotedInsts, unsigned &CreatedInstsCost,
2682 SmallVectorImpl<Instruction *> *Exts,
2683 SmallVectorImpl<Instruction *> *Truncs, const TargetLowering &TLI) {
2684 return promoteOperandForOther(Ext, TPT, PromotedInsts, CreatedInstsCost,
2685 Exts, Truncs, TLI, false);
Quentin Colombetf5485bb2014-11-13 01:44:51 +00002686 }
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002687
2688public:
Quentin Colombetf5485bb2014-11-13 01:44:51 +00002689 /// Type for the utility function that promotes the operand of Ext.
2690 typedef Value *(*Action)(Instruction *Ext, TypePromotionTransaction &TPT,
Quentin Colombet1b274f92015-03-10 21:48:15 +00002691 InstrToOrigTy &PromotedInsts,
2692 unsigned &CreatedInstsCost,
Quentin Colombetfc2201e2014-12-17 01:36:17 +00002693 SmallVectorImpl<Instruction *> *Exts,
Quentin Colombet1b274f92015-03-10 21:48:15 +00002694 SmallVectorImpl<Instruction *> *Truncs,
2695 const TargetLowering &TLI);
Quentin Colombetf5485bb2014-11-13 01:44:51 +00002696 /// \brief Given a sign/zero extend instruction \p Ext, return the approriate
2697 /// action to promote the operand of \p Ext instead of using Ext.
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002698 /// \return NULL if no promotable action is possible with the current
2699 /// sign extension.
Ahmed Bougachaf3299142015-06-17 20:44:32 +00002700 /// \p InsertedInsts keeps track of all the instructions inserted by the
2701 /// other CodeGenPrepare optimizations. This information is important
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002702 /// because we do not want to promote these instructions as CodeGenPrepare
2703 /// will reinsert them later. Thus creating an infinite loop: create/remove.
2704 /// \p PromotedInsts maps the instructions to their type before promotion.
Ahmed Bougachaf3299142015-06-17 20:44:32 +00002705 static Action getAction(Instruction *Ext, const SetOfInstrs &InsertedInsts,
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002706 const TargetLowering &TLI,
2707 const InstrToOrigTy &PromotedInsts);
2708};
2709
2710bool TypePromotionHelper::canGetThrough(const Instruction *Inst,
Quentin Colombetf5485bb2014-11-13 01:44:51 +00002711 Type *ConsideredExtType,
2712 const InstrToOrigTy &PromotedInsts,
2713 bool IsSExt) {
Quentin Colombetfc2201e2014-12-17 01:36:17 +00002714 // The promotion helper does not know how to deal with vector types yet.
2715 // To be able to fix that, we would need to fix the places where we
2716 // statically extend, e.g., constants and such.
2717 if (Inst->getType()->isVectorTy())
2718 return false;
2719
Quentin Colombetf5485bb2014-11-13 01:44:51 +00002720 // We can always get through zext.
2721 if (isa<ZExtInst>(Inst))
2722 return true;
2723
2724 // sext(sext) is ok too.
2725 if (IsSExt && isa<SExtInst>(Inst))
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002726 return true;
2727
2728 // We can get through binary operator, if it is legal. In other words, the
2729 // binary operator must have a nuw or nsw flag.
2730 const BinaryOperator *BinOp = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(Inst);
2731 if (BinOp && isa<OverflowingBinaryOperator>(BinOp) &&
Quentin Colombetf5485bb2014-11-13 01:44:51 +00002732 ((!IsSExt && BinOp->hasNoUnsignedWrap()) ||
2733 (IsSExt && BinOp->hasNoSignedWrap())))
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002734 return true;
2735
2736 // Check if we can do the following simplification.
Quentin Colombetf5485bb2014-11-13 01:44:51 +00002737 // ext(trunc(opnd)) --> ext(opnd)
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002738 if (!isa<TruncInst>(Inst))
2739 return false;
2740
2741 Value *OpndVal = Inst->getOperand(0);
Quentin Colombetf5485bb2014-11-13 01:44:51 +00002742 // Check if we can use this operand in the extension.
Sanjay Patel9fbe22b2015-10-09 18:01:03 +00002743 // If the type is larger than the result type of the extension, we cannot.
Quentin Colombetfc2201e2014-12-17 01:36:17 +00002744 if (!OpndVal->getType()->isIntegerTy() ||
2745 OpndVal->getType()->getIntegerBitWidth() >
2746 ConsideredExtType->getIntegerBitWidth())
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002747 return false;
2748
2749 // If the operand of the truncate is not an instruction, we will not have
2750 // any information on the dropped bits.
2751 // (Actually we could for constant but it is not worth the extra logic).
2752 Instruction *Opnd = dyn_cast<Instruction>(OpndVal);
2753 if (!Opnd)
2754 return false;
2755
2756 // Check if the source of the type is narrow enough.
Quentin Colombetf5485bb2014-11-13 01:44:51 +00002757 // I.e., check that trunc just drops extended bits of the same kind of
2758 // the extension.
2759 // #1 get the type of the operand and check the kind of the extended bits.
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002760 const Type *OpndType;
2761 InstrToOrigTy::const_iterator It = PromotedInsts.find(Opnd);
Benjamin Kramer4cd5faa2015-07-31 17:00:39 +00002762 if (It != PromotedInsts.end() && It->second.getInt() == IsSExt)
2763 OpndType = It->second.getPointer();
Quentin Colombetf5485bb2014-11-13 01:44:51 +00002764 else if ((IsSExt && isa<SExtInst>(Opnd)) || (!IsSExt && isa<ZExtInst>(Opnd)))
2765 OpndType = Opnd->getOperand(0)->getType();
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002766 else
2767 return false;
2768
Sanjay Patel9fbe22b2015-10-09 18:01:03 +00002769 // #2 check that the truncate just drops extended bits.
Rafael Espindola84921b92015-10-24 23:11:13 +00002770 return Inst->getType()->getIntegerBitWidth() >=
2771 OpndType->getIntegerBitWidth();
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002772}
2773
2774TypePromotionHelper::Action TypePromotionHelper::getAction(
Ahmed Bougachaf3299142015-06-17 20:44:32 +00002775 Instruction *Ext, const SetOfInstrs &InsertedInsts,
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002776 const TargetLowering &TLI, const InstrToOrigTy &PromotedInsts) {
Quentin Colombetf5485bb2014-11-13 01:44:51 +00002777 assert((isa<SExtInst>(Ext) || isa<ZExtInst>(Ext)) &&
2778 "Unexpected instruction type");
2779 Instruction *ExtOpnd = dyn_cast<Instruction>(Ext->getOperand(0));
2780 Type *ExtTy = Ext->getType();
2781 bool IsSExt = isa<SExtInst>(Ext);
2782 // If the operand of the extension is not an instruction, we cannot
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002783 // get through.
2784 // If it, check we can get through.
Quentin Colombetf5485bb2014-11-13 01:44:51 +00002785 if (!ExtOpnd || !canGetThrough(ExtOpnd, ExtTy, PromotedInsts, IsSExt))
Craig Topperc0196b12014-04-14 00:51:57 +00002786 return nullptr;
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002787
2788 // Do not promote if the operand has been added by codegenprepare.
2789 // Otherwise, it means we are undoing an optimization that is likely to be
2790 // redone, thus causing potential infinite loop.
Ahmed Bougachaf3299142015-06-17 20:44:32 +00002791 if (isa<TruncInst>(ExtOpnd) && InsertedInsts.count(ExtOpnd))
Craig Topperc0196b12014-04-14 00:51:57 +00002792 return nullptr;
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002793
2794 // SExt or Trunc instructions.
2795 // Return the related handler.
Quentin Colombetf5485bb2014-11-13 01:44:51 +00002796 if (isa<SExtInst>(ExtOpnd) || isa<TruncInst>(ExtOpnd) ||
2797 isa<ZExtInst>(ExtOpnd))
Quentin Colombetb2c5c6d2014-09-11 21:22:14 +00002798 return promoteOperandForTruncAndAnyExt;
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002799
2800 // Regular instruction.
2801 // Abort early if we will have to insert non-free instructions.
Quentin Colombetf5485bb2014-11-13 01:44:51 +00002802 if (!ExtOpnd->hasOneUse() && !TLI.isTruncateFree(ExtTy, ExtOpnd->getType()))
Craig Topperc0196b12014-04-14 00:51:57 +00002803 return nullptr;
Quentin Colombetf5485bb2014-11-13 01:44:51 +00002804 return IsSExt ? signExtendOperandForOther : zeroExtendOperandForOther;
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002805}
2806
Quentin Colombetb2c5c6d2014-09-11 21:22:14 +00002807Value *TypePromotionHelper::promoteOperandForTruncAndAnyExt(
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002808 llvm::Instruction *SExt, TypePromotionTransaction &TPT,
Quentin Colombet1b274f92015-03-10 21:48:15 +00002809 InstrToOrigTy &PromotedInsts, unsigned &CreatedInstsCost,
Quentin Colombetfc2201e2014-12-17 01:36:17 +00002810 SmallVectorImpl<Instruction *> *Exts,
Quentin Colombet1b274f92015-03-10 21:48:15 +00002811 SmallVectorImpl<Instruction *> *Truncs, const TargetLowering &TLI) {
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002812 // By construction, the operand of SExt is an instruction. Otherwise we cannot
2813 // get through it and this method should not be called.
2814 Instruction *SExtOpnd = cast<Instruction>(SExt->getOperand(0));
Quentin Colombetac55b152014-09-16 22:36:07 +00002815 Value *ExtVal = SExt;
Quentin Colombet1b274f92015-03-10 21:48:15 +00002816 bool HasMergedNonFreeExt = false;
Quentin Colombetb2c5c6d2014-09-11 21:22:14 +00002817 if (isa<ZExtInst>(SExtOpnd)) {
Quentin Colombetf5485bb2014-11-13 01:44:51 +00002818 // Replace s|zext(zext(opnd))
Quentin Colombetb2c5c6d2014-09-11 21:22:14 +00002819 // => zext(opnd).
Quentin Colombet1b274f92015-03-10 21:48:15 +00002820 HasMergedNonFreeExt = !TLI.isExtFree(SExtOpnd);
Quentin Colombetac55b152014-09-16 22:36:07 +00002821 Value *ZExt =
Quentin Colombetb2c5c6d2014-09-11 21:22:14 +00002822 TPT.createZExt(SExt, SExtOpnd->getOperand(0), SExt->getType());
2823 TPT.replaceAllUsesWith(SExt, ZExt);
2824 TPT.eraseInstruction(SExt);
Quentin Colombetac55b152014-09-16 22:36:07 +00002825 ExtVal = ZExt;
Quentin Colombetb2c5c6d2014-09-11 21:22:14 +00002826 } else {
Quentin Colombetf5485bb2014-11-13 01:44:51 +00002827 // Replace z|sext(trunc(opnd)) or sext(sext(opnd))
2828 // => z|sext(opnd).
Quentin Colombetb2c5c6d2014-09-11 21:22:14 +00002829 TPT.setOperand(SExt, 0, SExtOpnd->getOperand(0));
2830 }
Quentin Colombet1b274f92015-03-10 21:48:15 +00002831 CreatedInstsCost = 0;
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002832
2833 // Remove dead code.
2834 if (SExtOpnd->use_empty())
2835 TPT.eraseInstruction(SExtOpnd);
2836
Quentin Colombet9dcb7242014-09-15 18:26:58 +00002837 // Check if the extension is still needed.
Quentin Colombetac55b152014-09-16 22:36:07 +00002838 Instruction *ExtInst = dyn_cast<Instruction>(ExtVal);
Quentin Colombetfc2201e2014-12-17 01:36:17 +00002839 if (!ExtInst || ExtInst->getType() != ExtInst->getOperand(0)->getType()) {
Quentin Colombet1b274f92015-03-10 21:48:15 +00002840 if (ExtInst) {
2841 if (Exts)
2842 Exts->push_back(ExtInst);
2843 CreatedInstsCost = !TLI.isExtFree(ExtInst) && !HasMergedNonFreeExt;
2844 }
Quentin Colombetac55b152014-09-16 22:36:07 +00002845 return ExtVal;
Quentin Colombetfc2201e2014-12-17 01:36:17 +00002846 }
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002847
Quentin Colombet9dcb7242014-09-15 18:26:58 +00002848 // At this point we have: ext ty opnd to ty.
2849 // Reassign the uses of ExtInst to the opnd and remove ExtInst.
2850 Value *NextVal = ExtInst->getOperand(0);
2851 TPT.eraseInstruction(ExtInst, NextVal);
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002852 return NextVal;
2853}
2854
Quentin Colombetf5485bb2014-11-13 01:44:51 +00002855Value *TypePromotionHelper::promoteOperandForOther(
2856 Instruction *Ext, TypePromotionTransaction &TPT,
Quentin Colombet1b274f92015-03-10 21:48:15 +00002857 InstrToOrigTy &PromotedInsts, unsigned &CreatedInstsCost,
Quentin Colombetfc2201e2014-12-17 01:36:17 +00002858 SmallVectorImpl<Instruction *> *Exts,
Quentin Colombet1b274f92015-03-10 21:48:15 +00002859 SmallVectorImpl<Instruction *> *Truncs, const TargetLowering &TLI,
2860 bool IsSExt) {
Quentin Colombetf5485bb2014-11-13 01:44:51 +00002861 // By construction, the operand of Ext is an instruction. Otherwise we cannot
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002862 // get through it and this method should not be called.
Quentin Colombetf5485bb2014-11-13 01:44:51 +00002863 Instruction *ExtOpnd = cast<Instruction>(Ext->getOperand(0));
Quentin Colombet1b274f92015-03-10 21:48:15 +00002864 CreatedInstsCost = 0;
Quentin Colombetf5485bb2014-11-13 01:44:51 +00002865 if (!ExtOpnd->hasOneUse()) {
2866 // ExtOpnd will be promoted.
2867 // All its uses, but Ext, will need to use a truncated value of the
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002868 // promoted version.
2869 // Create the truncate now.
Quentin Colombetf5485bb2014-11-13 01:44:51 +00002870 Value *Trunc = TPT.createTrunc(Ext, ExtOpnd->getType());
Quentin Colombetac55b152014-09-16 22:36:07 +00002871 if (Instruction *ITrunc = dyn_cast<Instruction>(Trunc)) {
2872 ITrunc->removeFromParent();
2873 // Insert it just after the definition.
Quentin Colombetf5485bb2014-11-13 01:44:51 +00002874 ITrunc->insertAfter(ExtOpnd);
Quentin Colombetfc2201e2014-12-17 01:36:17 +00002875 if (Truncs)
2876 Truncs->push_back(ITrunc);
Quentin Colombetac55b152014-09-16 22:36:07 +00002877 }
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002878
Quentin Colombetf5485bb2014-11-13 01:44:51 +00002879 TPT.replaceAllUsesWith(ExtOpnd, Trunc);
Sanjay Patel9fbe22b2015-10-09 18:01:03 +00002880 // Restore the operand of Ext (which has been replaced by the previous call
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002881 // to replaceAllUsesWith) to avoid creating a cycle trunc <-> sext.
Quentin Colombetf5485bb2014-11-13 01:44:51 +00002882 TPT.setOperand(Ext, 0, ExtOpnd);
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002883 }
2884
2885 // Get through the Instruction:
2886 // 1. Update its type.
Quentin Colombetf5485bb2014-11-13 01:44:51 +00002887 // 2. Replace the uses of Ext by Inst.
2888 // 3. Extend each operand that needs to be extended.
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002889
2890 // Remember the original type of the instruction before promotion.
2891 // This is useful to know that the high bits are sign extended bits.
Quentin Colombetf5485bb2014-11-13 01:44:51 +00002892 PromotedInsts.insert(std::pair<Instruction *, TypeIsSExt>(
2893 ExtOpnd, TypeIsSExt(ExtOpnd->getType(), IsSExt)));
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002894 // Step #1.
Quentin Colombetf5485bb2014-11-13 01:44:51 +00002895 TPT.mutateType(ExtOpnd, Ext->getType());
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002896 // Step #2.
Quentin Colombetf5485bb2014-11-13 01:44:51 +00002897 TPT.replaceAllUsesWith(Ext, ExtOpnd);
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002898 // Step #3.
Quentin Colombetf5485bb2014-11-13 01:44:51 +00002899 Instruction *ExtForOpnd = Ext;
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002900
Quentin Colombetf5485bb2014-11-13 01:44:51 +00002901 DEBUG(dbgs() << "Propagate Ext to operands\n");
2902 for (int OpIdx = 0, EndOpIdx = ExtOpnd->getNumOperands(); OpIdx != EndOpIdx;
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002903 ++OpIdx) {
Quentin Colombetf5485bb2014-11-13 01:44:51 +00002904 DEBUG(dbgs() << "Operand:\n" << *(ExtOpnd->getOperand(OpIdx)) << '\n');
2905 if (ExtOpnd->getOperand(OpIdx)->getType() == Ext->getType() ||
2906 !shouldExtOperand(ExtOpnd, OpIdx)) {
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002907 DEBUG(dbgs() << "No need to propagate\n");
2908 continue;
2909 }
Quentin Colombetf5485bb2014-11-13 01:44:51 +00002910 // Check if we can statically extend the operand.
2911 Value *Opnd = ExtOpnd->getOperand(OpIdx);
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002912 if (const ConstantInt *Cst = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(Opnd)) {
Quentin Colombetf5485bb2014-11-13 01:44:51 +00002913 DEBUG(dbgs() << "Statically extend\n");
2914 unsigned BitWidth = Ext->getType()->getIntegerBitWidth();
2915 APInt CstVal = IsSExt ? Cst->getValue().sext(BitWidth)
2916 : Cst->getValue().zext(BitWidth);
2917 TPT.setOperand(ExtOpnd, OpIdx, ConstantInt::get(Ext->getType(), CstVal));
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002918 continue;
2919 }
2920 // UndefValue are typed, so we have to statically sign extend them.
2921 if (isa<UndefValue>(Opnd)) {
Quentin Colombetf5485bb2014-11-13 01:44:51 +00002922 DEBUG(dbgs() << "Statically extend\n");
2923 TPT.setOperand(ExtOpnd, OpIdx, UndefValue::get(Ext->getType()));
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002924 continue;
2925 }
2926
2927 // Otherwise we have to explicity sign extend the operand.
Quentin Colombetf5485bb2014-11-13 01:44:51 +00002928 // Check if Ext was reused to extend an operand.
2929 if (!ExtForOpnd) {
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002930 // If yes, create a new one.
Quentin Colombetf5485bb2014-11-13 01:44:51 +00002931 DEBUG(dbgs() << "More operands to ext\n");
Quentin Colombet84f89cc2014-12-22 18:11:52 +00002932 Value *ValForExtOpnd = IsSExt ? TPT.createSExt(Ext, Opnd, Ext->getType())
2933 : TPT.createZExt(Ext, Opnd, Ext->getType());
2934 if (!isa<Instruction>(ValForExtOpnd)) {
2935 TPT.setOperand(ExtOpnd, OpIdx, ValForExtOpnd);
2936 continue;
2937 }
2938 ExtForOpnd = cast<Instruction>(ValForExtOpnd);
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002939 }
Quentin Colombetfc2201e2014-12-17 01:36:17 +00002940 if (Exts)
2941 Exts->push_back(ExtForOpnd);
Quentin Colombetf5485bb2014-11-13 01:44:51 +00002942 TPT.setOperand(ExtForOpnd, 0, Opnd);
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002943
2944 // Move the sign extension before the insertion point.
Quentin Colombetf5485bb2014-11-13 01:44:51 +00002945 TPT.moveBefore(ExtForOpnd, ExtOpnd);
2946 TPT.setOperand(ExtOpnd, OpIdx, ExtForOpnd);
Quentin Colombet1b274f92015-03-10 21:48:15 +00002947 CreatedInstsCost += !TLI.isExtFree(ExtForOpnd);
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002948 // If more sext are required, new instructions will have to be created.
Quentin Colombetf5485bb2014-11-13 01:44:51 +00002949 ExtForOpnd = nullptr;
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002950 }
Quentin Colombetf5485bb2014-11-13 01:44:51 +00002951 if (ExtForOpnd == Ext) {
2952 DEBUG(dbgs() << "Extension is useless now\n");
2953 TPT.eraseInstruction(Ext);
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002954 }
Quentin Colombetf5485bb2014-11-13 01:44:51 +00002955 return ExtOpnd;
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002956}
2957
Sanjay Patel4ac6b112015-09-21 22:47:23 +00002958/// Check whether or not promoting an instruction to a wider type is profitable.
Quentin Colombet1b274f92015-03-10 21:48:15 +00002959/// \p NewCost gives the cost of extension instructions created by the
2960/// promotion.
2961/// \p OldCost gives the cost of extension instructions before the promotion
2962/// plus the number of instructions that have been
2963/// matched in the addressing mode the promotion.
Quentin Colombet867c5502014-02-14 22:23:22 +00002964/// \p PromotedOperand is the value that has been promoted.
2965/// \return True if the promotion is profitable, false otherwise.
Sanjay Patelfc580a62015-09-21 23:03:16 +00002966bool AddressingModeMatcher::isPromotionProfitable(
Quentin Colombet1b274f92015-03-10 21:48:15 +00002967 unsigned NewCost, unsigned OldCost, Value *PromotedOperand) const {
2968 DEBUG(dbgs() << "OldCost: " << OldCost << "\tNewCost: " << NewCost << '\n');
2969 // The cost of the new extensions is greater than the cost of the
2970 // old extension plus what we folded.
Quentin Colombet867c5502014-02-14 22:23:22 +00002971 // This is not profitable.
Quentin Colombet1b274f92015-03-10 21:48:15 +00002972 if (NewCost > OldCost)
Quentin Colombet867c5502014-02-14 22:23:22 +00002973 return false;
Quentin Colombet1b274f92015-03-10 21:48:15 +00002974 if (NewCost < OldCost)
Quentin Colombet867c5502014-02-14 22:23:22 +00002975 return true;
2976 // The promotion is neutral but it may help folding the sign extension in
2977 // loads for instance.
2978 // Check that we did not create an illegal instruction.
Mehdi Amini44ede332015-07-09 02:09:04 +00002979 return isPromotedInstructionLegal(TLI, DL, PromotedOperand);
Quentin Colombet867c5502014-02-14 22:23:22 +00002980}
2981
Sanjay Patel4ac6b112015-09-21 22:47:23 +00002982/// Given an instruction or constant expr, see if we can fold the operation
Sanjay Patel9fbe22b2015-10-09 18:01:03 +00002983/// into the addressing mode. If so, update the addressing mode and return
Sanjay Patel4ac6b112015-09-21 22:47:23 +00002984/// true, otherwise return false without modifying AddrMode.
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002985/// If \p MovedAway is not NULL, it contains the information of whether or
2986/// not AddrInst has to be folded into the addressing mode on success.
2987/// If \p MovedAway == true, \p AddrInst will not be part of the addressing
2988/// because it has been moved away.
2989/// Thus AddrInst must not be added in the matched instructions.
2990/// This state can happen when AddrInst is a sext, since it may be moved away.
2991/// Therefore, AddrInst may not be valid when MovedAway is true and it must
2992/// not be referenced anymore.
Sanjay Patelfc580a62015-09-21 23:03:16 +00002993bool AddressingModeMatcher::matchOperationAddr(User *AddrInst, unsigned Opcode,
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002994 unsigned Depth,
2995 bool *MovedAway) {
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00002996 // Avoid exponential behavior on extremely deep expression trees.
2997 if (Depth >= 5) return false;
Stephen Lin837bba12013-07-15 17:55:02 +00002998
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002999 // By default, all matched instructions stay in place.
3000 if (MovedAway)
3001 *MovedAway = false;
3002
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00003003 switch (Opcode) {
3004 case Instruction::PtrToInt:
3005 // PtrToInt is always a noop, as we know that the int type is pointer sized.
Sanjay Patelfc580a62015-09-21 23:03:16 +00003006 return matchAddr(AddrInst->getOperand(0), Depth);
Mehdi Amini44ede332015-07-09 02:09:04 +00003007 case Instruction::IntToPtr: {
3008 auto AS = AddrInst->getType()->getPointerAddressSpace();
3009 auto PtrTy = MVT::getIntegerVT(DL.getPointerSizeInBits(AS));
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00003010 // This inttoptr is a no-op if the integer type is pointer sized.
Mehdi Amini44ede332015-07-09 02:09:04 +00003011 if (TLI.getValueType(DL, AddrInst->getOperand(0)->getType()) == PtrTy)
Sanjay Patelfc580a62015-09-21 23:03:16 +00003012 return matchAddr(AddrInst->getOperand(0), Depth);
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00003013 return false;
Mehdi Amini44ede332015-07-09 02:09:04 +00003014 }
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00003015 case Instruction::BitCast:
3016 // BitCast is always a noop, and we can handle it as long as it is
3017 // int->int or pointer->pointer (we don't want int<->fp or something).
3018 if ((AddrInst->getOperand(0)->getType()->isPointerTy() ||
3019 AddrInst->getOperand(0)->getType()->isIntegerTy()) &&
3020 // Don't touch identity bitcasts. These were probably put here by LSR,
3021 // and we don't want to mess around with them. Assume it knows what it
3022 // is doing.
3023 AddrInst->getOperand(0)->getType() != AddrInst->getType())
Sanjay Patelfc580a62015-09-21 23:03:16 +00003024 return matchAddr(AddrInst->getOperand(0), Depth);
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00003025 return false;
Matt Arsenaultf05b0232015-05-26 16:59:43 +00003026 case Instruction::AddrSpaceCast: {
3027 unsigned SrcAS
3028 = AddrInst->getOperand(0)->getType()->getPointerAddressSpace();
3029 unsigned DestAS = AddrInst->getType()->getPointerAddressSpace();
3030 if (TLI.isNoopAddrSpaceCast(SrcAS, DestAS))
Sanjay Patelfc580a62015-09-21 23:03:16 +00003031 return matchAddr(AddrInst->getOperand(0), Depth);
Matt Arsenaultf05b0232015-05-26 16:59:43 +00003032 return false;
3033 }
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00003034 case Instruction::Add: {
3035 // Check to see if we can merge in the RHS then the LHS. If so, we win.
3036 ExtAddrMode BackupAddrMode = AddrMode;
3037 unsigned OldSize = AddrModeInsts.size();
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00003038 // Start a transaction at this point.
3039 // The LHS may match but not the RHS.
3040 // Therefore, we need a higher level restoration point to undo partially
3041 // matched operation.
3042 TypePromotionTransaction::ConstRestorationPt LastKnownGood =
3043 TPT.getRestorationPoint();
3044
Sanjay Patelfc580a62015-09-21 23:03:16 +00003045 if (matchAddr(AddrInst->getOperand(1), Depth+1) &&
3046 matchAddr(AddrInst->getOperand(0), Depth+1))
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00003047 return true;
Stephen Lin837bba12013-07-15 17:55:02 +00003048
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00003049 // Restore the old addr mode info.
3050 AddrMode = BackupAddrMode;
3051 AddrModeInsts.resize(OldSize);
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00003052 TPT.rollback(LastKnownGood);
Stephen Lin837bba12013-07-15 17:55:02 +00003053
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00003054 // Otherwise this was over-aggressive. Try merging in the LHS then the RHS.
Sanjay Patelfc580a62015-09-21 23:03:16 +00003055 if (matchAddr(AddrInst->getOperand(0), Depth+1) &&
3056 matchAddr(AddrInst->getOperand(1), Depth+1))
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00003057 return true;
Stephen Lin837bba12013-07-15 17:55:02 +00003058
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00003059 // Otherwise we definitely can't merge the ADD in.
3060 AddrMode = BackupAddrMode;
3061 AddrModeInsts.resize(OldSize);
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00003062 TPT.rollback(LastKnownGood);
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00003063 break;
3064 }
3065 //case Instruction::Or:
3066 // TODO: We can handle "Or Val, Imm" iff this OR is equivalent to an ADD.
3067 //break;
3068 case Instruction::Mul:
3069 case Instruction::Shl: {
3070 // Can only handle X*C and X << C.
3071 ConstantInt *RHS = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(AddrInst->getOperand(1));
Sanjay Pateld3bbfa12014-07-16 22:40:28 +00003072 if (!RHS)
3073 return false;
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00003074 int64_t Scale = RHS->getSExtValue();
3075 if (Opcode == Instruction::Shl)
3076 Scale = 1LL << Scale;
Stephen Lin837bba12013-07-15 17:55:02 +00003077
Sanjay Patelfc580a62015-09-21 23:03:16 +00003078 return matchScaledValue(AddrInst->getOperand(0), Scale, Depth);
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00003079 }
3080 case Instruction::GetElementPtr: {
3081 // Scan the GEP. We check it if it contains constant offsets and at most
3082 // one variable offset.
3083 int VariableOperand = -1;
3084 unsigned VariableScale = 0;
Stephen Lin837bba12013-07-15 17:55:02 +00003085
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00003086 int64_t ConstantOffset = 0;
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00003087 gep_type_iterator GTI = gep_type_begin(AddrInst);
3088 for (unsigned i = 1, e = AddrInst->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i, ++GTI) {
3089 if (StructType *STy = dyn_cast<StructType>(*GTI)) {
Mehdi Amini4fe37982015-07-07 18:45:17 +00003090 const StructLayout *SL = DL.getStructLayout(STy);
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00003091 unsigned Idx =
3092 cast<ConstantInt>(AddrInst->getOperand(i))->getZExtValue();
3093 ConstantOffset += SL->getElementOffset(Idx);
3094 } else {
Mehdi Amini4fe37982015-07-07 18:45:17 +00003095 uint64_t TypeSize = DL.getTypeAllocSize(GTI.getIndexedType());
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00003096 if (ConstantInt *CI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(AddrInst->getOperand(i))) {
3097 ConstantOffset += CI->getSExtValue()*TypeSize;
3098 } else if (TypeSize) { // Scales of zero don't do anything.
3099 // We only allow one variable index at the moment.
3100 if (VariableOperand != -1)
3101 return false;
Stephen Lin837bba12013-07-15 17:55:02 +00003102
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00003103 // Remember the variable index.
3104 VariableOperand = i;
3105 VariableScale = TypeSize;
3106 }
3107 }
3108 }
Stephen Lin837bba12013-07-15 17:55:02 +00003109
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00003110 // A common case is for the GEP to only do a constant offset. In this case,
3111 // just add it to the disp field and check validity.
3112 if (VariableOperand == -1) {
3113 AddrMode.BaseOffs += ConstantOffset;
Matt Arsenaultf72b49b2015-06-04 16:17:38 +00003114 if (ConstantOffset == 0 ||
Mehdi Amini0cdec1e2015-07-09 02:09:40 +00003115 TLI.isLegalAddressingMode(DL, AddrMode, AccessTy, AddrSpace)) {
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00003116 // Check to see if we can fold the base pointer in too.
Sanjay Patelfc580a62015-09-21 23:03:16 +00003117 if (matchAddr(AddrInst->getOperand(0), Depth+1))
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00003118 return true;
3119 }
3120 AddrMode.BaseOffs -= ConstantOffset;
3121 return false;
3122 }
3123
3124 // Save the valid addressing mode in case we can't match.
3125 ExtAddrMode BackupAddrMode = AddrMode;
3126 unsigned OldSize = AddrModeInsts.size();
3127
3128 // See if the scale and offset amount is valid for this target.
3129 AddrMode.BaseOffs += ConstantOffset;
3130
3131 // Match the base operand of the GEP.
Sanjay Patelfc580a62015-09-21 23:03:16 +00003132 if (!matchAddr(AddrInst->getOperand(0), Depth+1)) {
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00003133 // If it couldn't be matched, just stuff the value in a register.
3134 if (AddrMode.HasBaseReg) {
3135 AddrMode = BackupAddrMode;
3136 AddrModeInsts.resize(OldSize);
3137 return false;
3138 }
3139 AddrMode.HasBaseReg = true;
3140 AddrMode.BaseReg = AddrInst->getOperand(0);
3141 }
3142
3143 // Match the remaining variable portion of the GEP.
Sanjay Patelfc580a62015-09-21 23:03:16 +00003144 if (!matchScaledValue(AddrInst->getOperand(VariableOperand), VariableScale,
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00003145 Depth)) {
3146 // If it couldn't be matched, try stuffing the base into a register
3147 // instead of matching it, and retrying the match of the scale.
3148 AddrMode = BackupAddrMode;
3149 AddrModeInsts.resize(OldSize);
3150 if (AddrMode.HasBaseReg)
3151 return false;
3152 AddrMode.HasBaseReg = true;
3153 AddrMode.BaseReg = AddrInst->getOperand(0);
3154 AddrMode.BaseOffs += ConstantOffset;
Sanjay Patelfc580a62015-09-21 23:03:16 +00003155 if (!matchScaledValue(AddrInst->getOperand(VariableOperand),
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00003156 VariableScale, Depth)) {
3157 // If even that didn't work, bail.
3158 AddrMode = BackupAddrMode;
3159 AddrModeInsts.resize(OldSize);
3160 return false;
3161 }
3162 }
3163
3164 return true;
3165 }
Quentin Colombetf5485bb2014-11-13 01:44:51 +00003166 case Instruction::SExt:
3167 case Instruction::ZExt: {
3168 Instruction *Ext = dyn_cast<Instruction>(AddrInst);
3169 if (!Ext)
Sanjay Pateld3bbfa12014-07-16 22:40:28 +00003170 return false;
Sanjay Patelab60d042014-07-16 21:08:10 +00003171
Quentin Colombetf5485bb2014-11-13 01:44:51 +00003172 // Try to move this ext out of the way of the addressing mode.
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00003173 // Ask for a method for doing so.
Quentin Colombetf5485bb2014-11-13 01:44:51 +00003174 TypePromotionHelper::Action TPH =
Ahmed Bougachaf3299142015-06-17 20:44:32 +00003175 TypePromotionHelper::getAction(Ext, InsertedInsts, TLI, PromotedInsts);
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00003176 if (!TPH)
3177 return false;
3178
3179 TypePromotionTransaction::ConstRestorationPt LastKnownGood =
3180 TPT.getRestorationPoint();
Quentin Colombet1b274f92015-03-10 21:48:15 +00003181 unsigned CreatedInstsCost = 0;
3182 unsigned ExtCost = !TLI.isExtFree(Ext);
Quentin Colombetfc2201e2014-12-17 01:36:17 +00003183 Value *PromotedOperand =
Quentin Colombet1b274f92015-03-10 21:48:15 +00003184 TPH(Ext, TPT, PromotedInsts, CreatedInstsCost, nullptr, nullptr, TLI);
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00003185 // SExt has been moved away.
3186 // Thus either it will be rematched later in the recursive calls or it is
3187 // gone. Anyway, we must not fold it into the addressing mode at this point.
3188 // E.g.,
3189 // op = add opnd, 1
Quentin Colombetf5485bb2014-11-13 01:44:51 +00003190 // idx = ext op
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00003191 // addr = gep base, idx
3192 // is now:
Quentin Colombetf5485bb2014-11-13 01:44:51 +00003193 // promotedOpnd = ext opnd <- no match here
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00003194 // op = promoted_add promotedOpnd, 1 <- match (later in recursive calls)
3195 // addr = gep base, op <- match
3196 if (MovedAway)
3197 *MovedAway = true;
3198
3199 assert(PromotedOperand &&
3200 "TypePromotionHelper should have filtered out those cases");
3201
3202 ExtAddrMode BackupAddrMode = AddrMode;
3203 unsigned OldSize = AddrModeInsts.size();
3204
Sanjay Patelfc580a62015-09-21 23:03:16 +00003205 if (!matchAddr(PromotedOperand, Depth) ||
Sanjay Patel9fbe22b2015-10-09 18:01:03 +00003206 // The total of the new cost is equal to the cost of the created
Quentin Colombet1b274f92015-03-10 21:48:15 +00003207 // instructions.
Sanjay Patel9fbe22b2015-10-09 18:01:03 +00003208 // The total of the old cost is equal to the cost of the extension plus
Quentin Colombet1b274f92015-03-10 21:48:15 +00003209 // what we have saved in the addressing mode.
Sanjay Patelfc580a62015-09-21 23:03:16 +00003210 !isPromotionProfitable(CreatedInstsCost,
Quentin Colombet1b274f92015-03-10 21:48:15 +00003211 ExtCost + (AddrModeInsts.size() - OldSize),
Quentin Colombet867c5502014-02-14 22:23:22 +00003212 PromotedOperand)) {
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00003213 AddrMode = BackupAddrMode;
3214 AddrModeInsts.resize(OldSize);
3215 DEBUG(dbgs() << "Sign extension does not pay off: rollback\n");
3216 TPT.rollback(LastKnownGood);
3217 return false;
3218 }
3219 return true;
3220 }
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00003221 }
3222 return false;
3223}
3224
Sanjay Patel4ac6b112015-09-21 22:47:23 +00003225/// If we can, try to add the value of 'Addr' into the current addressing mode.
3226/// If Addr can't be added to AddrMode this returns false and leaves AddrMode
3227/// unmodified. This assumes that Addr is either a pointer type or intptr_t
3228/// for the target.
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00003229///
Sanjay Patelfc580a62015-09-21 23:03:16 +00003230bool AddressingModeMatcher::matchAddr(Value *Addr, unsigned Depth) {
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00003231 // Start a transaction at this point that we will rollback if the matching
3232 // fails.
3233 TypePromotionTransaction::ConstRestorationPt LastKnownGood =
3234 TPT.getRestorationPoint();
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00003235 if (ConstantInt *CI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(Addr)) {
3236 // Fold in immediates if legal for the target.
3237 AddrMode.BaseOffs += CI->getSExtValue();
Mehdi Amini0cdec1e2015-07-09 02:09:40 +00003238 if (TLI.isLegalAddressingMode(DL, AddrMode, AccessTy, AddrSpace))
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00003239 return true;
3240 AddrMode.BaseOffs -= CI->getSExtValue();
3241 } else if (GlobalValue *GV = dyn_cast<GlobalValue>(Addr)) {
3242 // If this is a global variable, try to fold it into the addressing mode.
Craig Topperc0196b12014-04-14 00:51:57 +00003243 if (!AddrMode.BaseGV) {
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00003244 AddrMode.BaseGV = GV;
Mehdi Amini0cdec1e2015-07-09 02:09:40 +00003245 if (TLI.isLegalAddressingMode(DL, AddrMode, AccessTy, AddrSpace))
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00003246 return true;
Craig Topperc0196b12014-04-14 00:51:57 +00003247 AddrMode.BaseGV = nullptr;
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00003248 }
3249 } else if (Instruction *I = dyn_cast<Instruction>(Addr)) {
3250 ExtAddrMode BackupAddrMode = AddrMode;
3251 unsigned OldSize = AddrModeInsts.size();
3252
3253 // Check to see if it is possible to fold this operation.
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00003254 bool MovedAway = false;
Sanjay Patelfc580a62015-09-21 23:03:16 +00003255 if (matchOperationAddr(I, I->getOpcode(), Depth, &MovedAway)) {
Sanjay Patel9fbe22b2015-10-09 18:01:03 +00003256 // This instruction may have been moved away. If so, there is nothing
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00003257 // to check here.
3258 if (MovedAway)
3259 return true;
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00003260 // Okay, it's possible to fold this. Check to see if it is actually
3261 // *profitable* to do so. We use a simple cost model to avoid increasing
3262 // register pressure too much.
3263 if (I->hasOneUse() ||
Sanjay Patelfc580a62015-09-21 23:03:16 +00003264 isProfitableToFoldIntoAddressingMode(I, BackupAddrMode, AddrMode)) {
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00003265 AddrModeInsts.push_back(I);
3266 return true;
3267 }
Stephen Lin837bba12013-07-15 17:55:02 +00003268
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00003269 // It isn't profitable to do this, roll back.
3270 //cerr << "NOT FOLDING: " << *I;
3271 AddrMode = BackupAddrMode;
3272 AddrModeInsts.resize(OldSize);
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00003273 TPT.rollback(LastKnownGood);
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00003274 }
3275 } else if (ConstantExpr *CE = dyn_cast<ConstantExpr>(Addr)) {
Sanjay Patelfc580a62015-09-21 23:03:16 +00003276 if (matchOperationAddr(CE, CE->getOpcode(), Depth))
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00003277 return true;
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00003278 TPT.rollback(LastKnownGood);
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00003279 } else if (isa<ConstantPointerNull>(Addr)) {
3280 // Null pointer gets folded without affecting the addressing mode.
3281 return true;
3282 }
3283
3284 // Worse case, the target should support [reg] addressing modes. :)
3285 if (!AddrMode.HasBaseReg) {
3286 AddrMode.HasBaseReg = true;
3287 AddrMode.BaseReg = Addr;
3288 // Still check for legality in case the target supports [imm] but not [i+r].
Mehdi Amini0cdec1e2015-07-09 02:09:40 +00003289 if (TLI.isLegalAddressingMode(DL, AddrMode, AccessTy, AddrSpace))
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00003290 return true;
3291 AddrMode.HasBaseReg = false;
Craig Topperc0196b12014-04-14 00:51:57 +00003292 AddrMode.BaseReg = nullptr;
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00003293 }
3294
3295 // If the base register is already taken, see if we can do [r+r].
3296 if (AddrMode.Scale == 0) {
3297 AddrMode.Scale = 1;
3298 AddrMode.ScaledReg = Addr;
Mehdi Amini0cdec1e2015-07-09 02:09:40 +00003299 if (TLI.isLegalAddressingMode(DL, AddrMode, AccessTy, AddrSpace))
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00003300 return true;
3301 AddrMode.Scale = 0;
Craig Topperc0196b12014-04-14 00:51:57 +00003302 AddrMode.ScaledReg = nullptr;
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00003303 }
3304 // Couldn't match.
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00003305 TPT.rollback(LastKnownGood);
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00003306 return false;
3307}
3308
Sanjay Patel4ac6b112015-09-21 22:47:23 +00003309/// Check to see if all uses of OpVal by the specified inline asm call are due
3310/// to memory operands. If so, return true, otherwise return false.
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00003311static bool IsOperandAMemoryOperand(CallInst *CI, InlineAsm *IA, Value *OpVal,
Eric Christopher11e4df72015-02-26 22:38:43 +00003312 const TargetMachine &TM) {
3313 const Function *F = CI->getParent()->getParent();
3314 const TargetLowering *TLI = TM.getSubtargetImpl(*F)->getTargetLowering();
3315 const TargetRegisterInfo *TRI = TM.getSubtargetImpl(*F)->getRegisterInfo();
Eric Christopherd75c00c2015-02-26 22:38:34 +00003316 TargetLowering::AsmOperandInfoVector TargetConstraints =
Mehdi Amini8ac7a9d2015-07-07 19:07:19 +00003317 TLI->ParseConstraints(F->getParent()->getDataLayout(), TRI,
3318 ImmutableCallSite(CI));
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00003319 for (unsigned i = 0, e = TargetConstraints.size(); i != e; ++i) {
3320 TargetLowering::AsmOperandInfo &OpInfo = TargetConstraints[i];
Stephen Lin837bba12013-07-15 17:55:02 +00003321
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00003322 // Compute the constraint code and ConstraintType to use.
Eric Christopher11e4df72015-02-26 22:38:43 +00003323 TLI->ComputeConstraintToUse(OpInfo, SDValue());
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00003324
3325 // If this asm operand is our Value*, and if it isn't an indirect memory
3326 // operand, we can't fold it!
3327 if (OpInfo.CallOperandVal == OpVal &&
3328 (OpInfo.ConstraintType != TargetLowering::C_Memory ||
3329 !OpInfo.isIndirect))
3330 return false;
3331 }
3332
3333 return true;
3334}
3335
Sanjay Patel4ac6b112015-09-21 22:47:23 +00003336/// Recursively walk all the uses of I until we find a memory use.
3337/// If we find an obviously non-foldable instruction, return true.
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00003338/// Add the ultimately found memory instructions to MemoryUses.
Eric Christopher11e4df72015-02-26 22:38:43 +00003339static bool FindAllMemoryUses(
3340 Instruction *I,
3341 SmallVectorImpl<std::pair<Instruction *, unsigned>> &MemoryUses,
3342 SmallPtrSetImpl<Instruction *> &ConsideredInsts, const TargetMachine &TM) {
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00003343 // If we already considered this instruction, we're done.
David Blaikie70573dc2014-11-19 07:49:26 +00003344 if (!ConsideredInsts.insert(I).second)
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00003345 return false;
Stephen Lin837bba12013-07-15 17:55:02 +00003346
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00003347 // If this is an obviously unfoldable instruction, bail out.
3348 if (!MightBeFoldableInst(I))
3349 return true;
3350
3351 // Loop over all the uses, recursively processing them.
Chandler Carruthcdf47882014-03-09 03:16:01 +00003352 for (Use &U : I->uses()) {
3353 Instruction *UserI = cast<Instruction>(U.getUser());
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00003354
Chandler Carruthcdf47882014-03-09 03:16:01 +00003355 if (LoadInst *LI = dyn_cast<LoadInst>(UserI)) {
3356 MemoryUses.push_back(std::make_pair(LI, U.getOperandNo()));
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00003357 continue;
3358 }
Stephen Lin837bba12013-07-15 17:55:02 +00003359
Chandler Carruthcdf47882014-03-09 03:16:01 +00003360 if (StoreInst *SI = dyn_cast<StoreInst>(UserI)) {
3361 unsigned opNo = U.getOperandNo();
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00003362 if (opNo == 0) return true; // Storing addr, not into addr.
3363 MemoryUses.push_back(std::make_pair(SI, opNo));
3364 continue;
3365 }
Stephen Lin837bba12013-07-15 17:55:02 +00003366
Chandler Carruthcdf47882014-03-09 03:16:01 +00003367 if (CallInst *CI = dyn_cast<CallInst>(UserI)) {
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00003368 InlineAsm *IA = dyn_cast<InlineAsm>(CI->getCalledValue());
3369 if (!IA) return true;
Stephen Lin837bba12013-07-15 17:55:02 +00003370
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00003371 // If this is a memory operand, we're cool, otherwise bail out.
Eric Christopher11e4df72015-02-26 22:38:43 +00003372 if (!IsOperandAMemoryOperand(CI, IA, I, TM))
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00003373 return true;
3374 continue;
3375 }
Stephen Lin837bba12013-07-15 17:55:02 +00003376
Eric Christopher11e4df72015-02-26 22:38:43 +00003377 if (FindAllMemoryUses(UserI, MemoryUses, ConsideredInsts, TM))
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00003378 return true;
3379 }
3380
3381 return false;
3382}
3383
Sanjay Patel9fbe22b2015-10-09 18:01:03 +00003384/// Return true if Val is already known to be live at the use site that we're
3385/// folding it into. If so, there is no cost to include it in the addressing
3386/// mode. KnownLive1 and KnownLive2 are two values that we know are live at the
3387/// instruction already.
Sanjay Patelfc580a62015-09-21 23:03:16 +00003388bool AddressingModeMatcher::valueAlreadyLiveAtInst(Value *Val,Value *KnownLive1,
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00003389 Value *KnownLive2) {
3390 // If Val is either of the known-live values, we know it is live!
Craig Topperc0196b12014-04-14 00:51:57 +00003391 if (Val == nullptr || Val == KnownLive1 || Val == KnownLive2)
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00003392 return true;
Stephen Lin837bba12013-07-15 17:55:02 +00003393
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00003394 // All values other than instructions and arguments (e.g. constants) are live.
3395 if (!isa<Instruction>(Val) && !isa<Argument>(Val)) return true;
Stephen Lin837bba12013-07-15 17:55:02 +00003396
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00003397 // If Val is a constant sized alloca in the entry block, it is live, this is
3398 // true because it is just a reference to the stack/frame pointer, which is
3399 // live for the whole function.
3400 if (AllocaInst *AI = dyn_cast<AllocaInst>(Val))
3401 if (AI->isStaticAlloca())
3402 return true;
Stephen Lin837bba12013-07-15 17:55:02 +00003403
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00003404 // Check to see if this value is already used in the memory instruction's
3405 // block. If so, it's already live into the block at the very least, so we
3406 // can reasonably fold it.
3407 return Val->isUsedInBasicBlock(MemoryInst->getParent());
3408}
3409
Sanjay Patel4ac6b112015-09-21 22:47:23 +00003410/// It is possible for the addressing mode of the machine to fold the specified
3411/// instruction into a load or store that ultimately uses it.
3412/// However, the specified instruction has multiple uses.
3413/// Given this, it may actually increase register pressure to fold it
3414/// into the load. For example, consider this code:
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00003415///
3416/// X = ...
3417/// Y = X+1
3418/// use(Y) -> nonload/store
3419/// Z = Y+1
3420/// load Z
3421///
3422/// In this case, Y has multiple uses, and can be folded into the load of Z
3423/// (yielding load [X+2]). However, doing this will cause both "X" and "X+1" to
3424/// be live at the use(Y) line. If we don't fold Y into load Z, we use one
3425/// fewer register. Since Y can't be folded into "use(Y)" we don't increase the
3426/// number of computations either.
3427///
3428/// Note that this (like most of CodeGenPrepare) is just a rough heuristic. If
3429/// X was live across 'load Z' for other reasons, we actually *would* want to
3430/// fold the addressing mode in the Z case. This would make Y die earlier.
3431bool AddressingModeMatcher::
Sanjay Patelfc580a62015-09-21 23:03:16 +00003432isProfitableToFoldIntoAddressingMode(Instruction *I, ExtAddrMode &AMBefore,
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00003433 ExtAddrMode &AMAfter) {
3434 if (IgnoreProfitability) return true;
Stephen Lin837bba12013-07-15 17:55:02 +00003435
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00003436 // AMBefore is the addressing mode before this instruction was folded into it,
3437 // and AMAfter is the addressing mode after the instruction was folded. Get
3438 // the set of registers referenced by AMAfter and subtract out those
3439 // referenced by AMBefore: this is the set of values which folding in this
3440 // address extends the lifetime of.
3441 //
3442 // Note that there are only two potential values being referenced here,
3443 // BaseReg and ScaleReg (global addresses are always available, as are any
3444 // folded immediates).
3445 Value *BaseReg = AMAfter.BaseReg, *ScaledReg = AMAfter.ScaledReg;
Stephen Lin837bba12013-07-15 17:55:02 +00003446
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00003447 // If the BaseReg or ScaledReg was referenced by the previous addrmode, their
3448 // lifetime wasn't extended by adding this instruction.
Sanjay Patelfc580a62015-09-21 23:03:16 +00003449 if (valueAlreadyLiveAtInst(BaseReg, AMBefore.BaseReg, AMBefore.ScaledReg))
Craig Topperc0196b12014-04-14 00:51:57 +00003450 BaseReg = nullptr;
Sanjay Patelfc580a62015-09-21 23:03:16 +00003451 if (valueAlreadyLiveAtInst(ScaledReg, AMBefore.BaseReg, AMBefore.ScaledReg))
Craig Topperc0196b12014-04-14 00:51:57 +00003452 ScaledReg = nullptr;
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00003453
3454 // If folding this instruction (and it's subexprs) didn't extend any live
3455 // ranges, we're ok with it.
Craig Topperc0196b12014-04-14 00:51:57 +00003456 if (!BaseReg && !ScaledReg)
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00003457 return true;
3458
3459 // If all uses of this instruction are ultimately load/store/inlineasm's,
3460 // check to see if their addressing modes will include this instruction. If
3461 // so, we can fold it into all uses, so it doesn't matter if it has multiple
3462 // uses.
3463 SmallVector<std::pair<Instruction*,unsigned>, 16> MemoryUses;
3464 SmallPtrSet<Instruction*, 16> ConsideredInsts;
Eric Christopher11e4df72015-02-26 22:38:43 +00003465 if (FindAllMemoryUses(I, MemoryUses, ConsideredInsts, TM))
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00003466 return false; // Has a non-memory, non-foldable use!
Stephen Lin837bba12013-07-15 17:55:02 +00003467
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00003468 // Now that we know that all uses of this instruction are part of a chain of
3469 // computation involving only operations that could theoretically be folded
3470 // into a memory use, loop over each of these uses and see if they could
3471 // *actually* fold the instruction.
3472 SmallVector<Instruction*, 32> MatchedAddrModeInsts;
3473 for (unsigned i = 0, e = MemoryUses.size(); i != e; ++i) {
3474 Instruction *User = MemoryUses[i].first;
3475 unsigned OpNo = MemoryUses[i].second;
Stephen Lin837bba12013-07-15 17:55:02 +00003476
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00003477 // Get the access type of this use. If the use isn't a pointer, we don't
3478 // know what it accesses.
3479 Value *Address = User->getOperand(OpNo);
Matt Arsenaultf72b49b2015-06-04 16:17:38 +00003480 PointerType *AddrTy = dyn_cast<PointerType>(Address->getType());
3481 if (!AddrTy)
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00003482 return false;
Matt Arsenaultf72b49b2015-06-04 16:17:38 +00003483 Type *AddressAccessTy = AddrTy->getElementType();
3484 unsigned AS = AddrTy->getAddressSpace();
Stephen Lin837bba12013-07-15 17:55:02 +00003485
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00003486 // Do a match against the root of this address, ignoring profitability. This
3487 // will tell us if the addressing mode for the memory operation will
3488 // *actually* cover the shared instruction.
3489 ExtAddrMode Result;
Quentin Colombet5a69dda2014-02-11 01:59:02 +00003490 TypePromotionTransaction::ConstRestorationPt LastKnownGood =
3491 TPT.getRestorationPoint();
Matt Arsenaultf72b49b2015-06-04 16:17:38 +00003492 AddressingModeMatcher Matcher(MatchedAddrModeInsts, TM, AddressAccessTy, AS,
Ahmed Bougachaf3299142015-06-17 20:44:32 +00003493 MemoryInst, Result, InsertedInsts,
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00003494 PromotedInsts, TPT);
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00003495 Matcher.IgnoreProfitability = true;
Sanjay Patelfc580a62015-09-21 23:03:16 +00003496 bool Success = Matcher.matchAddr(Address, 0);
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00003497 (void)Success; assert(Success && "Couldn't select *anything*?");
3498
Quentin Colombet5a69dda2014-02-11 01:59:02 +00003499 // The match was to check the profitability, the changes made are not
3500 // part of the original matcher. Therefore, they should be dropped
3501 // otherwise the original matcher will not present the right state.
3502 TPT.rollback(LastKnownGood);
3503
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00003504 // If the match didn't cover I, then it won't be shared by it.
3505 if (std::find(MatchedAddrModeInsts.begin(), MatchedAddrModeInsts.end(),
3506 I) == MatchedAddrModeInsts.end())
3507 return false;
Stephen Lin837bba12013-07-15 17:55:02 +00003508
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00003509 MatchedAddrModeInsts.clear();
3510 }
Stephen Lin837bba12013-07-15 17:55:02 +00003511
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00003512 return true;
3513}
3514
3515} // end anonymous namespace
3516
Sanjay Patel4ac6b112015-09-21 22:47:23 +00003517/// Return true if the specified values are defined in a
Chris Lattnerfeee64e2007-04-13 20:30:56 +00003518/// different basic block than BB.
3519static bool IsNonLocalValue(Value *V, BasicBlock *BB) {
3520 if (Instruction *I = dyn_cast<Instruction>(V))
3521 return I->getParent() != BB;
3522 return false;
3523}
3524
Sanjay Patel4ac6b112015-09-21 22:47:23 +00003525/// Load and Store Instructions often have addressing modes that can do
3526/// significant amounts of computation. As such, instruction selection will try
3527/// to get the load or store to do as much computation as possible for the
3528/// program. The problem is that isel can only see within a single block. As
3529/// such, we sink as much legal addressing mode work into the block as possible.
Chris Lattner728f9022008-11-25 07:09:13 +00003530///
3531/// This method is used to optimize both load/store and inline asms with memory
3532/// operands.
Sanjay Patelfc580a62015-09-21 23:03:16 +00003533bool CodeGenPrepare::optimizeMemoryInst(Instruction *MemoryInst, Value *Addr,
Matt Arsenaultf72b49b2015-06-04 16:17:38 +00003534 Type *AccessTy, unsigned AddrSpace) {
Owen Anderson8ba5f392010-11-27 08:15:55 +00003535 Value *Repl = Addr;
Nadav Rotem465834c2012-07-24 10:51:42 +00003536
3537 // Try to collapse single-value PHI nodes. This is necessary to undo
Owen Andersondfb8c3b2010-11-19 22:15:03 +00003538 // unprofitable PRE transformations.
Cameron Zwarich43cecb12011-01-03 06:33:01 +00003539 SmallVector<Value*, 8> worklist;
3540 SmallPtrSet<Value*, 16> Visited;
Owen Anderson8ba5f392010-11-27 08:15:55 +00003541 worklist.push_back(Addr);
Nadav Rotem465834c2012-07-24 10:51:42 +00003542
Owen Anderson8ba5f392010-11-27 08:15:55 +00003543 // Use a worklist to iteratively look through PHI nodes, and ensure that
3544 // the addressing mode obtained from the non-PHI roots of the graph
3545 // are equivalent.
Craig Topperc0196b12014-04-14 00:51:57 +00003546 Value *Consensus = nullptr;
Cameron Zwarichb7f8eaa2011-03-01 21:13:53 +00003547 unsigned NumUsesConsensus = 0;
Cameron Zwarich13c885d2011-03-05 08:12:26 +00003548 bool IsNumUsesConsensusValid = false;
Owen Anderson8ba5f392010-11-27 08:15:55 +00003549 SmallVector<Instruction*, 16> AddrModeInsts;
3550 ExtAddrMode AddrMode;
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00003551 TypePromotionTransaction TPT;
3552 TypePromotionTransaction::ConstRestorationPt LastKnownGood =
3553 TPT.getRestorationPoint();
Owen Anderson8ba5f392010-11-27 08:15:55 +00003554 while (!worklist.empty()) {
3555 Value *V = worklist.back();
3556 worklist.pop_back();
Nadav Rotem465834c2012-07-24 10:51:42 +00003557
Owen Anderson8ba5f392010-11-27 08:15:55 +00003558 // Break use-def graph loops.
David Blaikie70573dc2014-11-19 07:49:26 +00003559 if (!Visited.insert(V).second) {
Craig Topperc0196b12014-04-14 00:51:57 +00003560 Consensus = nullptr;
Owen Anderson8ba5f392010-11-27 08:15:55 +00003561 break;
Owen Andersondfb8c3b2010-11-19 22:15:03 +00003562 }
Nadav Rotem465834c2012-07-24 10:51:42 +00003563
Owen Anderson8ba5f392010-11-27 08:15:55 +00003564 // For a PHI node, push all of its incoming values.
3565 if (PHINode *P = dyn_cast<PHINode>(V)) {
Pete Cooper833f34d2015-05-12 20:05:31 +00003566 for (Value *IncValue : P->incoming_values())
3567 worklist.push_back(IncValue);
Owen Anderson8ba5f392010-11-27 08:15:55 +00003568 continue;
3569 }
Nadav Rotem465834c2012-07-24 10:51:42 +00003570
Owen Anderson8ba5f392010-11-27 08:15:55 +00003571 // For non-PHIs, determine the addressing mode being computed.
3572 SmallVector<Instruction*, 16> NewAddrModeInsts;
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00003573 ExtAddrMode NewAddrMode = AddressingModeMatcher::Match(
Matt Arsenaultf72b49b2015-06-04 16:17:38 +00003574 V, AccessTy, AddrSpace, MemoryInst, NewAddrModeInsts, *TM,
Ahmed Bougachaf3299142015-06-17 20:44:32 +00003575 InsertedInsts, PromotedInsts, TPT);
Cameron Zwarich13c885d2011-03-05 08:12:26 +00003576
3577 // This check is broken into two cases with very similar code to avoid using
3578 // getNumUses() as much as possible. Some values have a lot of uses, so
3579 // calling getNumUses() unconditionally caused a significant compile-time
3580 // regression.
3581 if (!Consensus) {
3582 Consensus = V;
3583 AddrMode = NewAddrMode;
3584 AddrModeInsts = NewAddrModeInsts;
3585 continue;
3586 } else if (NewAddrMode == AddrMode) {
3587 if (!IsNumUsesConsensusValid) {
3588 NumUsesConsensus = Consensus->getNumUses();
3589 IsNumUsesConsensusValid = true;
3590 }
3591
3592 // Ensure that the obtained addressing mode is equivalent to that obtained
3593 // for all other roots of the PHI traversal. Also, when choosing one
3594 // such root as representative, select the one with the most uses in order
3595 // to keep the cost modeling heuristics in AddressingModeMatcher
3596 // applicable.
Cameron Zwarichb7f8eaa2011-03-01 21:13:53 +00003597 unsigned NumUses = V->getNumUses();
3598 if (NumUses > NumUsesConsensus) {
Owen Anderson8ba5f392010-11-27 08:15:55 +00003599 Consensus = V;
Cameron Zwarichb7f8eaa2011-03-01 21:13:53 +00003600 NumUsesConsensus = NumUses;
Owen Anderson8ba5f392010-11-27 08:15:55 +00003601 AddrModeInsts = NewAddrModeInsts;
3602 }
3603 continue;
3604 }
Nadav Rotem465834c2012-07-24 10:51:42 +00003605
Craig Topperc0196b12014-04-14 00:51:57 +00003606 Consensus = nullptr;
Owen Anderson8ba5f392010-11-27 08:15:55 +00003607 break;
Owen Andersondfb8c3b2010-11-19 22:15:03 +00003608 }
Nadav Rotem465834c2012-07-24 10:51:42 +00003609
Owen Anderson8ba5f392010-11-27 08:15:55 +00003610 // If the addressing mode couldn't be determined, or if multiple different
3611 // ones were determined, bail out now.
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00003612 if (!Consensus) {
3613 TPT.rollback(LastKnownGood);
3614 return false;
3615 }
3616 TPT.commit();
Nadav Rotem465834c2012-07-24 10:51:42 +00003617
Chris Lattnerfeee64e2007-04-13 20:30:56 +00003618 // Check to see if any of the instructions supersumed by this addr mode are
3619 // non-local to I's BB.
3620 bool AnyNonLocal = false;
3621 for (unsigned i = 0, e = AddrModeInsts.size(); i != e; ++i) {
Chris Lattner6d71b7f2008-11-26 03:20:37 +00003622 if (IsNonLocalValue(AddrModeInsts[i], MemoryInst->getParent())) {
Chris Lattnerfeee64e2007-04-13 20:30:56 +00003623 AnyNonLocal = true;
3624 break;
3625 }
3626 }
Eric Christopherc1ea1492008-09-24 05:32:41 +00003627
Chris Lattnerfeee64e2007-04-13 20:30:56 +00003628 // If all the instructions matched are already in this BB, don't do anything.
3629 if (!AnyNonLocal) {
David Greene74e2d492010-01-05 01:27:11 +00003630 DEBUG(dbgs() << "CGP: Found local addrmode: " << AddrMode << "\n");
Chris Lattnerfeee64e2007-04-13 20:30:56 +00003631 return false;
3632 }
Eric Christopherc1ea1492008-09-24 05:32:41 +00003633
Chris Lattnerfeee64e2007-04-13 20:30:56 +00003634 // Insert this computation right after this user. Since our caller is
3635 // scanning from the top of the BB to the bottom, reuse of the expr are
3636 // guaranteed to happen later.
Devang Patelc10e52a2011-09-06 18:49:53 +00003637 IRBuilder<> Builder(MemoryInst);
Eric Christopherc1ea1492008-09-24 05:32:41 +00003638
Chris Lattnerfeee64e2007-04-13 20:30:56 +00003639 // Now that we determined the addressing expression we want to use and know
3640 // that we have to sink it into this block. Check to see if we have already
3641 // done this for some other load/store instr in this block. If so, reuse the
3642 // computation.
3643 Value *&SunkAddr = SunkAddrs[Addr];
3644 if (SunkAddr) {
David Greene74e2d492010-01-05 01:27:11 +00003645 DEBUG(dbgs() << "CGP: Reusing nonlocal addrmode: " << AddrMode << " for "
Louis Gerbarg1b91aa22014-05-13 21:54:22 +00003646 << *MemoryInst << "\n");
Chris Lattnerfeee64e2007-04-13 20:30:56 +00003647 if (SunkAddr->getType() != Addr->getType())
Benjamin Kramer547b6c52011-09-27 20:39:19 +00003648 SunkAddr = Builder.CreateBitCast(SunkAddr, Addr->getType());
Eric Christopherfccff372015-01-27 01:01:38 +00003649 } else if (AddrSinkUsingGEPs ||
3650 (!AddrSinkUsingGEPs.getNumOccurrences() && TM &&
Eric Christopher2c635492015-01-27 07:54:39 +00003651 TM->getSubtargetImpl(*MemoryInst->getParent()->getParent())
3652 ->useAA())) {
Hal Finkelc3998302014-04-12 00:59:48 +00003653 // By default, we use the GEP-based method when AA is used later. This
3654 // prevents new inttoptr/ptrtoint pairs from degrading AA capabilities.
3655 DEBUG(dbgs() << "CGP: SINKING nonlocal addrmode: " << AddrMode << " for "
Louis Gerbarg1b91aa22014-05-13 21:54:22 +00003656 << *MemoryInst << "\n");
Mehdi Amini4fe37982015-07-07 18:45:17 +00003657 Type *IntPtrTy = DL->getIntPtrType(Addr->getType());
Craig Topperc0196b12014-04-14 00:51:57 +00003658 Value *ResultPtr = nullptr, *ResultIndex = nullptr;
Hal Finkelc3998302014-04-12 00:59:48 +00003659
3660 // First, find the pointer.
3661 if (AddrMode.BaseReg && AddrMode.BaseReg->getType()->isPointerTy()) {
3662 ResultPtr = AddrMode.BaseReg;
Craig Topperc0196b12014-04-14 00:51:57 +00003663 AddrMode.BaseReg = nullptr;
Hal Finkelc3998302014-04-12 00:59:48 +00003664 }
3665
3666 if (AddrMode.Scale && AddrMode.ScaledReg->getType()->isPointerTy()) {
3667 // We can't add more than one pointer together, nor can we scale a
3668 // pointer (both of which seem meaningless).
3669 if (ResultPtr || AddrMode.Scale != 1)
3670 return false;
3671
3672 ResultPtr = AddrMode.ScaledReg;
3673 AddrMode.Scale = 0;
3674 }
3675
3676 if (AddrMode.BaseGV) {
3677 if (ResultPtr)
3678 return false;
3679
3680 ResultPtr = AddrMode.BaseGV;
3681 }
3682
3683 // If the real base value actually came from an inttoptr, then the matcher
3684 // will look through it and provide only the integer value. In that case,
3685 // use it here.
3686 if (!ResultPtr && AddrMode.BaseReg) {
3687 ResultPtr =
3688 Builder.CreateIntToPtr(AddrMode.BaseReg, Addr->getType(), "sunkaddr");
Craig Topperc0196b12014-04-14 00:51:57 +00003689 AddrMode.BaseReg = nullptr;
Hal Finkelc3998302014-04-12 00:59:48 +00003690 } else if (!ResultPtr && AddrMode.Scale == 1) {
3691 ResultPtr =
3692 Builder.CreateIntToPtr(AddrMode.ScaledReg, Addr->getType(), "sunkaddr");
3693 AddrMode.Scale = 0;
3694 }
3695
3696 if (!ResultPtr &&
3697 !AddrMode.BaseReg && !AddrMode.Scale && !AddrMode.BaseOffs) {
3698 SunkAddr = Constant::getNullValue(Addr->getType());
3699 } else if (!ResultPtr) {
3700 return false;
3701 } else {
3702 Type *I8PtrTy =
David Blaikie3909da72015-03-30 20:42:56 +00003703 Builder.getInt8PtrTy(Addr->getType()->getPointerAddressSpace());
3704 Type *I8Ty = Builder.getInt8Ty();
Hal Finkelc3998302014-04-12 00:59:48 +00003705
3706 // Start with the base register. Do this first so that subsequent address
3707 // matching finds it last, which will prevent it from trying to match it
3708 // as the scaled value in case it happens to be a mul. That would be
3709 // problematic if we've sunk a different mul for the scale, because then
3710 // we'd end up sinking both muls.
3711 if (AddrMode.BaseReg) {
3712 Value *V = AddrMode.BaseReg;
3713 if (V->getType() != IntPtrTy)
3714 V = Builder.CreateIntCast(V, IntPtrTy, /*isSigned=*/true, "sunkaddr");
3715
3716 ResultIndex = V;
3717 }
3718
3719 // Add the scale value.
3720 if (AddrMode.Scale) {
3721 Value *V = AddrMode.ScaledReg;
3722 if (V->getType() == IntPtrTy) {
3723 // done.
3724 } else if (cast<IntegerType>(IntPtrTy)->getBitWidth() <
3725 cast<IntegerType>(V->getType())->getBitWidth()) {
3726 V = Builder.CreateTrunc(V, IntPtrTy, "sunkaddr");
3727 } else {
3728 // It is only safe to sign extend the BaseReg if we know that the math
3729 // required to create it did not overflow before we extend it. Since
3730 // the original IR value was tossed in favor of a constant back when
3731 // the AddrMode was created we need to bail out gracefully if widths
3732 // do not match instead of extending it.
3733 Instruction *I = dyn_cast_or_null<Instruction>(ResultIndex);
3734 if (I && (ResultIndex != AddrMode.BaseReg))
3735 I->eraseFromParent();
3736 return false;
3737 }
3738
3739 if (AddrMode.Scale != 1)
3740 V = Builder.CreateMul(V, ConstantInt::get(IntPtrTy, AddrMode.Scale),
3741 "sunkaddr");
3742 if (ResultIndex)
3743 ResultIndex = Builder.CreateAdd(ResultIndex, V, "sunkaddr");
3744 else
3745 ResultIndex = V;
3746 }
3747
3748 // Add in the Base Offset if present.
3749 if (AddrMode.BaseOffs) {
3750 Value *V = ConstantInt::get(IntPtrTy, AddrMode.BaseOffs);
3751 if (ResultIndex) {
NAKAMURA Takumif51a34e2014-10-29 15:23:11 +00003752 // We need to add this separately from the scale above to help with
3753 // SDAG consecutive load/store merging.
Hal Finkelc3998302014-04-12 00:59:48 +00003754 if (ResultPtr->getType() != I8PtrTy)
3755 ResultPtr = Builder.CreateBitCast(ResultPtr, I8PtrTy);
David Blaikie3909da72015-03-30 20:42:56 +00003756 ResultPtr = Builder.CreateGEP(I8Ty, ResultPtr, ResultIndex, "sunkaddr");
Hal Finkelc3998302014-04-12 00:59:48 +00003757 }
3758
3759 ResultIndex = V;
3760 }
3761
3762 if (!ResultIndex) {
3763 SunkAddr = ResultPtr;
3764 } else {
3765 if (ResultPtr->getType() != I8PtrTy)
3766 ResultPtr = Builder.CreateBitCast(ResultPtr, I8PtrTy);
David Blaikie3909da72015-03-30 20:42:56 +00003767 SunkAddr = Builder.CreateGEP(I8Ty, ResultPtr, ResultIndex, "sunkaddr");
Hal Finkelc3998302014-04-12 00:59:48 +00003768 }
3769
3770 if (SunkAddr->getType() != Addr->getType())
3771 SunkAddr = Builder.CreateBitCast(SunkAddr, Addr->getType());
3772 }
Chris Lattnerfeee64e2007-04-13 20:30:56 +00003773 } else {
David Greene74e2d492010-01-05 01:27:11 +00003774 DEBUG(dbgs() << "CGP: SINKING nonlocal addrmode: " << AddrMode << " for "
Louis Gerbarg1b91aa22014-05-13 21:54:22 +00003775 << *MemoryInst << "\n");
Mehdi Amini4fe37982015-07-07 18:45:17 +00003776 Type *IntPtrTy = DL->getIntPtrType(Addr->getType());
Craig Topperc0196b12014-04-14 00:51:57 +00003777 Value *Result = nullptr;
Dan Gohmanca194452010-01-19 22:45:06 +00003778
3779 // Start with the base register. Do this first so that subsequent address
3780 // matching finds it last, which will prevent it from trying to match it
3781 // as the scaled value in case it happens to be a mul. That would be
3782 // problematic if we've sunk a different mul for the scale, because then
3783 // we'd end up sinking both muls.
3784 if (AddrMode.BaseReg) {
3785 Value *V = AddrMode.BaseReg;
Duncan Sands19d0b472010-02-16 11:11:14 +00003786 if (V->getType()->isPointerTy())
Devang Patelc10e52a2011-09-06 18:49:53 +00003787 V = Builder.CreatePtrToInt(V, IntPtrTy, "sunkaddr");
Dan Gohmanca194452010-01-19 22:45:06 +00003788 if (V->getType() != IntPtrTy)
Devang Patelc10e52a2011-09-06 18:49:53 +00003789 V = Builder.CreateIntCast(V, IntPtrTy, /*isSigned=*/true, "sunkaddr");
Dan Gohmanca194452010-01-19 22:45:06 +00003790 Result = V;
3791 }
3792
3793 // Add the scale value.
Chris Lattnerfeee64e2007-04-13 20:30:56 +00003794 if (AddrMode.Scale) {
3795 Value *V = AddrMode.ScaledReg;
3796 if (V->getType() == IntPtrTy) {
3797 // done.
Duncan Sands19d0b472010-02-16 11:11:14 +00003798 } else if (V->getType()->isPointerTy()) {
Devang Patelc10e52a2011-09-06 18:49:53 +00003799 V = Builder.CreatePtrToInt(V, IntPtrTy, "sunkaddr");
Chris Lattnerfeee64e2007-04-13 20:30:56 +00003800 } else if (cast<IntegerType>(IntPtrTy)->getBitWidth() <
3801 cast<IntegerType>(V->getType())->getBitWidth()) {
Devang Patelc10e52a2011-09-06 18:49:53 +00003802 V = Builder.CreateTrunc(V, IntPtrTy, "sunkaddr");
Chris Lattnerfeee64e2007-04-13 20:30:56 +00003803 } else {
Jim Grosbached2cd392014-03-26 17:27:01 +00003804 // It is only safe to sign extend the BaseReg if we know that the math
3805 // required to create it did not overflow before we extend it. Since
3806 // the original IR value was tossed in favor of a constant back when
3807 // the AddrMode was created we need to bail out gracefully if widths
3808 // do not match instead of extending it.
Joey Gouly12a8bf02014-05-13 15:42:45 +00003809 Instruction *I = dyn_cast_or_null<Instruction>(Result);
Jim Grosbach83b44e12014-04-10 00:27:45 +00003810 if (I && (Result != AddrMode.BaseReg))
3811 I->eraseFromParent();
Jim Grosbached2cd392014-03-26 17:27:01 +00003812 return false;
Chris Lattnerfeee64e2007-04-13 20:30:56 +00003813 }
3814 if (AddrMode.Scale != 1)
Devang Patelc10e52a2011-09-06 18:49:53 +00003815 V = Builder.CreateMul(V, ConstantInt::get(IntPtrTy, AddrMode.Scale),
3816 "sunkaddr");
Chris Lattnerfeee64e2007-04-13 20:30:56 +00003817 if (Result)
Devang Patelc10e52a2011-09-06 18:49:53 +00003818 Result = Builder.CreateAdd(Result, V, "sunkaddr");
Chris Lattnerfeee64e2007-04-13 20:30:56 +00003819 else
3820 Result = V;
3821 }
Eric Christopherc1ea1492008-09-24 05:32:41 +00003822
Chris Lattnerfeee64e2007-04-13 20:30:56 +00003823 // Add in the BaseGV if present.
3824 if (AddrMode.BaseGV) {
Devang Patelc10e52a2011-09-06 18:49:53 +00003825 Value *V = Builder.CreatePtrToInt(AddrMode.BaseGV, IntPtrTy, "sunkaddr");
Chris Lattnerfeee64e2007-04-13 20:30:56 +00003826 if (Result)
Devang Patelc10e52a2011-09-06 18:49:53 +00003827 Result = Builder.CreateAdd(Result, V, "sunkaddr");
Chris Lattnerfeee64e2007-04-13 20:30:56 +00003828 else
3829 Result = V;
3830 }
Eric Christopherc1ea1492008-09-24 05:32:41 +00003831
Chris Lattnerfeee64e2007-04-13 20:30:56 +00003832 // Add in the Base Offset if present.
3833 if (AddrMode.BaseOffs) {
Owen Andersonedb4a702009-07-24 23:12:02 +00003834 Value *V = ConstantInt::get(IntPtrTy, AddrMode.BaseOffs);
Chris Lattnerfeee64e2007-04-13 20:30:56 +00003835 if (Result)
Devang Patelc10e52a2011-09-06 18:49:53 +00003836 Result = Builder.CreateAdd(Result, V, "sunkaddr");
Chris Lattnerfeee64e2007-04-13 20:30:56 +00003837 else
3838 Result = V;
3839 }
3840
Craig Topperc0196b12014-04-14 00:51:57 +00003841 if (!Result)
Owen Anderson5a1acd92009-07-31 20:28:14 +00003842 SunkAddr = Constant::getNullValue(Addr->getType());
Chris Lattnerfeee64e2007-04-13 20:30:56 +00003843 else
Devang Patelc10e52a2011-09-06 18:49:53 +00003844 SunkAddr = Builder.CreateIntToPtr(Result, Addr->getType(), "sunkaddr");
Chris Lattnerfeee64e2007-04-13 20:30:56 +00003845 }
Eric Christopherc1ea1492008-09-24 05:32:41 +00003846
Owen Andersondfb8c3b2010-11-19 22:15:03 +00003847 MemoryInst->replaceUsesOfWith(Repl, SunkAddr);
Eric Christopherc1ea1492008-09-24 05:32:41 +00003848
Chris Lattneraf1bcce2011-04-09 07:05:44 +00003849 // If we have no uses, recursively delete the value and all dead instructions
3850 // using it.
Owen Andersondfb8c3b2010-11-19 22:15:03 +00003851 if (Repl->use_empty()) {
Chris Lattneraf1bcce2011-04-09 07:05:44 +00003852 // This can cause recursive deletion, which can invalidate our iterator.
3853 // Use a WeakVH to hold onto it in case this happens.
Duncan P. N. Exon Smithd83547a2015-10-09 18:44:40 +00003854 WeakVH IterHandle(&*CurInstIterator);
Chris Lattneraf1bcce2011-04-09 07:05:44 +00003855 BasicBlock *BB = CurInstIterator->getParent();
Nadav Rotem465834c2012-07-24 10:51:42 +00003856
Benjamin Kramer8bcc9712012-08-29 15:32:21 +00003857 RecursivelyDeleteTriviallyDeadInstructions(Repl, TLInfo);
Chris Lattneraf1bcce2011-04-09 07:05:44 +00003858
Duncan P. N. Exon Smithd83547a2015-10-09 18:44:40 +00003859 if (IterHandle != CurInstIterator.getNodePtrUnchecked()) {
Chris Lattneraf1bcce2011-04-09 07:05:44 +00003860 // If the iterator instruction was recursively deleted, start over at the
3861 // start of the block.
3862 CurInstIterator = BB->begin();
3863 SunkAddrs.clear();
Nadav Rotem465834c2012-07-24 10:51:42 +00003864 }
Dale Johannesenb67a6e662010-03-31 20:37:15 +00003865 }
Cameron Zwarichced753f2011-01-05 17:27:27 +00003866 ++NumMemoryInsts;
Chris Lattnerfeee64e2007-04-13 20:30:56 +00003867 return true;
3868}
3869
Sanjay Patel4ac6b112015-09-21 22:47:23 +00003870/// If there are any memory operands, use OptimizeMemoryInst to sink their
3871/// address computing into the block when possible / profitable.
Sanjay Patelfc580a62015-09-21 23:03:16 +00003872bool CodeGenPrepare::optimizeInlineAsmInst(CallInst *CS) {
Evan Cheng1da25002008-02-26 02:42:37 +00003873 bool MadeChange = false;
Evan Cheng1da25002008-02-26 02:42:37 +00003874
Eric Christopher11e4df72015-02-26 22:38:43 +00003875 const TargetRegisterInfo *TRI =
3876 TM->getSubtargetImpl(*CS->getParent()->getParent())->getRegisterInfo();
Mehdi Amini8ac7a9d2015-07-07 19:07:19 +00003877 TargetLowering::AsmOperandInfoVector TargetConstraints =
3878 TLI->ParseConstraints(*DL, TRI, CS);
Dale Johannesenf95f59a2010-09-16 18:30:55 +00003879 unsigned ArgNo = 0;
John Thompson1094c802010-09-13 18:15:37 +00003880 for (unsigned i = 0, e = TargetConstraints.size(); i != e; ++i) {
3881 TargetLowering::AsmOperandInfo &OpInfo = TargetConstraints[i];
Nadav Rotem465834c2012-07-24 10:51:42 +00003882
Evan Cheng1da25002008-02-26 02:42:37 +00003883 // Compute the constraint code and ConstraintType to use.
Dale Johannesence97d552010-06-25 21:55:36 +00003884 TLI->ComputeConstraintToUse(OpInfo, SDValue());
Evan Cheng1da25002008-02-26 02:42:37 +00003885
Eli Friedman666bbe32008-02-26 18:37:49 +00003886 if (OpInfo.ConstraintType == TargetLowering::C_Memory &&
3887 OpInfo.isIndirect) {
Chris Lattner7a277142011-01-15 07:14:54 +00003888 Value *OpVal = CS->getArgOperand(ArgNo++);
Sanjay Patelfc580a62015-09-21 23:03:16 +00003889 MadeChange |= optimizeMemoryInst(CS, OpVal, OpVal->getType(), ~0u);
Dale Johannesenf95f59a2010-09-16 18:30:55 +00003890 } else if (OpInfo.Type == InlineAsm::isInput)
3891 ArgNo++;
Evan Cheng1da25002008-02-26 02:42:37 +00003892 }
3893
3894 return MadeChange;
3895}
3896
Quentin Colombetfc2201e2014-12-17 01:36:17 +00003897/// \brief Check if all the uses of \p Inst are equivalent (or free) zero or
3898/// sign extensions.
3899static bool hasSameExtUse(Instruction *Inst, const TargetLowering &TLI) {
3900 assert(!Inst->use_empty() && "Input must have at least one use");
3901 const Instruction *FirstUser = cast<Instruction>(*Inst->user_begin());
3902 bool IsSExt = isa<SExtInst>(FirstUser);
3903 Type *ExtTy = FirstUser->getType();
3904 for (const User *U : Inst->users()) {
3905 const Instruction *UI = cast<Instruction>(U);
3906 if ((IsSExt && !isa<SExtInst>(UI)) || (!IsSExt && !isa<ZExtInst>(UI)))
3907 return false;
3908 Type *CurTy = UI->getType();
3909 // Same input and output types: Same instruction after CSE.
3910 if (CurTy == ExtTy)
3911 continue;
3912
3913 // If IsSExt is true, we are in this situation:
3914 // a = Inst
3915 // b = sext ty1 a to ty2
3916 // c = sext ty1 a to ty3
3917 // Assuming ty2 is shorter than ty3, this could be turned into:
3918 // a = Inst
3919 // b = sext ty1 a to ty2
3920 // c = sext ty2 b to ty3
3921 // However, the last sext is not free.
3922 if (IsSExt)
3923 return false;
3924
3925 // This is a ZExt, maybe this is free to extend from one type to another.
3926 // In that case, we would not account for a different use.
3927 Type *NarrowTy;
3928 Type *LargeTy;
3929 if (ExtTy->getScalarType()->getIntegerBitWidth() >
3930 CurTy->getScalarType()->getIntegerBitWidth()) {
3931 NarrowTy = CurTy;
3932 LargeTy = ExtTy;
3933 } else {
3934 NarrowTy = ExtTy;
3935 LargeTy = CurTy;
3936 }
3937
3938 if (!TLI.isZExtFree(NarrowTy, LargeTy))
3939 return false;
3940 }
3941 // All uses are the same or can be derived from one another for free.
3942 return true;
3943}
3944
3945/// \brief Try to form ExtLd by promoting \p Exts until they reach a
3946/// load instruction.
3947/// If an ext(load) can be formed, it is returned via \p LI for the load
3948/// and \p Inst for the extension.
3949/// Otherwise LI == nullptr and Inst == nullptr.
3950/// When some promotion happened, \p TPT contains the proper state to
3951/// revert them.
3952///
3953/// \return true when promoting was necessary to expose the ext(load)
3954/// opportunity, false otherwise.
3955///
3956/// Example:
3957/// \code
3958/// %ld = load i32* %addr
3959/// %add = add nuw i32 %ld, 4
3960/// %zext = zext i32 %add to i64
3961/// \endcode
3962/// =>
3963/// \code
3964/// %ld = load i32* %addr
3965/// %zext = zext i32 %ld to i64
3966/// %add = add nuw i64 %zext, 4
3967/// \encode
3968/// Thanks to the promotion, we can match zext(load i32*) to i64.
Sanjay Patelfc580a62015-09-21 23:03:16 +00003969bool CodeGenPrepare::extLdPromotion(TypePromotionTransaction &TPT,
Quentin Colombetfc2201e2014-12-17 01:36:17 +00003970 LoadInst *&LI, Instruction *&Inst,
3971 const SmallVectorImpl<Instruction *> &Exts,
Quentin Colombet1b274f92015-03-10 21:48:15 +00003972 unsigned CreatedInstsCost = 0) {
Quentin Colombetfc2201e2014-12-17 01:36:17 +00003973 // Iterate over all the extensions to see if one form an ext(load).
3974 for (auto I : Exts) {
3975 // Check if we directly have ext(load).
3976 if ((LI = dyn_cast<LoadInst>(I->getOperand(0)))) {
3977 Inst = I;
3978 // No promotion happened here.
3979 return false;
3980 }
3981 // Check whether or not we want to do any promotion.
3982 if (!TLI || !TLI->enableExtLdPromotion() || DisableExtLdPromotion)
3983 continue;
3984 // Get the action to perform the promotion.
3985 TypePromotionHelper::Action TPH = TypePromotionHelper::getAction(
Ahmed Bougachaf3299142015-06-17 20:44:32 +00003986 I, InsertedInsts, *TLI, PromotedInsts);
Quentin Colombetfc2201e2014-12-17 01:36:17 +00003987 // Check if we can promote.
3988 if (!TPH)
3989 continue;
3990 // Save the current state.
3991 TypePromotionTransaction::ConstRestorationPt LastKnownGood =
3992 TPT.getRestorationPoint();
3993 SmallVector<Instruction *, 4> NewExts;
Quentin Colombet1b274f92015-03-10 21:48:15 +00003994 unsigned NewCreatedInstsCost = 0;
3995 unsigned ExtCost = !TLI->isExtFree(I);
Quentin Colombetfc2201e2014-12-17 01:36:17 +00003996 // Promote.
Quentin Colombet1b274f92015-03-10 21:48:15 +00003997 Value *PromotedVal = TPH(I, TPT, PromotedInsts, NewCreatedInstsCost,
3998 &NewExts, nullptr, *TLI);
Quentin Colombetfc2201e2014-12-17 01:36:17 +00003999 assert(PromotedVal &&
4000 "TypePromotionHelper should have filtered out those cases");
4001
4002 // We would be able to merge only one extension in a load.
4003 // Therefore, if we have more than 1 new extension we heuristically
4004 // cut this search path, because it means we degrade the code quality.
4005 // With exactly 2, the transformation is neutral, because we will merge
4006 // one extension but leave one. However, we optimistically keep going,
4007 // because the new extension may be removed too.
Quentin Colombet1b274f92015-03-10 21:48:15 +00004008 long long TotalCreatedInstsCost = CreatedInstsCost + NewCreatedInstsCost;
4009 TotalCreatedInstsCost -= ExtCost;
Quentin Colombetfc2201e2014-12-17 01:36:17 +00004010 if (!StressExtLdPromotion &&
Quentin Colombet1b274f92015-03-10 21:48:15 +00004011 (TotalCreatedInstsCost > 1 ||
Mehdi Amini44ede332015-07-09 02:09:04 +00004012 !isPromotedInstructionLegal(*TLI, *DL, PromotedVal))) {
Quentin Colombetfc2201e2014-12-17 01:36:17 +00004013 // The promotion is not profitable, rollback to the previous state.
4014 TPT.rollback(LastKnownGood);
4015 continue;
4016 }
4017 // The promotion is profitable.
4018 // Check if it exposes an ext(load).
Sanjay Patelfc580a62015-09-21 23:03:16 +00004019 (void)extLdPromotion(TPT, LI, Inst, NewExts, TotalCreatedInstsCost);
Quentin Colombet1b274f92015-03-10 21:48:15 +00004020 if (LI && (StressExtLdPromotion || NewCreatedInstsCost <= ExtCost ||
Quentin Colombetfc2201e2014-12-17 01:36:17 +00004021 // If we have created a new extension, i.e., now we have two
4022 // extensions. We must make sure one of them is merged with
4023 // the load, otherwise we may degrade the code quality.
4024 (LI->hasOneUse() || hasSameExtUse(LI, *TLI))))
4025 // Promotion happened.
4026 return true;
4027 // If this does not help to expose an ext(load) then, rollback.
4028 TPT.rollback(LastKnownGood);
4029 }
4030 // None of the extension can form an ext(load).
4031 LI = nullptr;
4032 Inst = nullptr;
4033 return false;
4034}
4035
Sanjay Patel4ac6b112015-09-21 22:47:23 +00004036/// Move a zext or sext fed by a load into the same basic block as the load,
4037/// unless conditions are unfavorable. This allows SelectionDAG to fold the
4038/// extend into the load.
Quentin Colombetfc2201e2014-12-17 01:36:17 +00004039/// \p I[in/out] the extension may be modified during the process if some
4040/// promotions apply.
Dan Gohman99429a02009-10-16 20:59:35 +00004041///
Sanjay Patelfc580a62015-09-21 23:03:16 +00004042bool CodeGenPrepare::moveExtToFormExtLoad(Instruction *&I) {
Quentin Colombetfc2201e2014-12-17 01:36:17 +00004043 // Try to promote a chain of computation if it allows to form
4044 // an extended load.
4045 TypePromotionTransaction TPT;
4046 TypePromotionTransaction::ConstRestorationPt LastKnownGood =
4047 TPT.getRestorationPoint();
4048 SmallVector<Instruction *, 1> Exts;
4049 Exts.push_back(I);
Dan Gohman99429a02009-10-16 20:59:35 +00004050 // Look for a load being extended.
Quentin Colombetfc2201e2014-12-17 01:36:17 +00004051 LoadInst *LI = nullptr;
4052 Instruction *OldExt = I;
Sanjay Patelfc580a62015-09-21 23:03:16 +00004053 bool HasPromoted = extLdPromotion(TPT, LI, I, Exts);
Quentin Colombetfc2201e2014-12-17 01:36:17 +00004054 if (!LI || !I) {
4055 assert(!HasPromoted && !LI && "If we did not match any load instruction "
4056 "the code must remain the same");
4057 I = OldExt;
4058 return false;
4059 }
Dan Gohman99429a02009-10-16 20:59:35 +00004060
4061 // If they're already in the same block, there's nothing to do.
Quentin Colombetfc2201e2014-12-17 01:36:17 +00004062 // Make the cheap checks first if we did not promote.
4063 // If we promoted, we need to check if it is indeed profitable.
4064 if (!HasPromoted && LI->getParent() == I->getParent())
Dan Gohman99429a02009-10-16 20:59:35 +00004065 return false;
4066
Mehdi Amini44ede332015-07-09 02:09:04 +00004067 EVT VT = TLI->getValueType(*DL, I->getType());
4068 EVT LoadVT = TLI->getValueType(*DL, LI->getType());
Ahmed Bougacha55e3c2d2014-12-05 18:04:40 +00004069
Dan Gohman99429a02009-10-16 20:59:35 +00004070 // If the load has other users and the truncate is not free, this probably
4071 // isn't worthwhile.
Ahmed Bougacha55e3c2d2014-12-05 18:04:40 +00004072 if (!LI->hasOneUse() && TLI &&
4073 (TLI->isTypeLegal(LoadVT) || !TLI->isTypeLegal(VT)) &&
Quentin Colombetfc2201e2014-12-17 01:36:17 +00004074 !TLI->isTruncateFree(I->getType(), LI->getType())) {
4075 I = OldExt;
4076 TPT.rollback(LastKnownGood);
Dan Gohman99429a02009-10-16 20:59:35 +00004077 return false;
Quentin Colombetfc2201e2014-12-17 01:36:17 +00004078 }
Dan Gohman99429a02009-10-16 20:59:35 +00004079
4080 // Check whether the target supports casts folded into loads.
4081 unsigned LType;
4082 if (isa<ZExtInst>(I))
4083 LType = ISD::ZEXTLOAD;
4084 else {
4085 assert(isa<SExtInst>(I) && "Unexpected ext type!");
4086 LType = ISD::SEXTLOAD;
4087 }
Ahmed Bougacha2b6917b2015-01-08 00:51:32 +00004088 if (TLI && !TLI->isLoadExtLegal(LType, VT, LoadVT)) {
Quentin Colombetfc2201e2014-12-17 01:36:17 +00004089 I = OldExt;
4090 TPT.rollback(LastKnownGood);
Dan Gohman99429a02009-10-16 20:59:35 +00004091 return false;
Quentin Colombetfc2201e2014-12-17 01:36:17 +00004092 }
Dan Gohman99429a02009-10-16 20:59:35 +00004093
4094 // Move the extend into the same block as the load, so that SelectionDAG
4095 // can fold it.
Quentin Colombetfc2201e2014-12-17 01:36:17 +00004096 TPT.commit();
Dan Gohman99429a02009-10-16 20:59:35 +00004097 I->removeFromParent();
4098 I->insertAfter(LI);
Cameron Zwarichced753f2011-01-05 17:27:27 +00004099 ++NumExtsMoved;
Dan Gohman99429a02009-10-16 20:59:35 +00004100 return true;
4101}
4102
Sanjay Patelfc580a62015-09-21 23:03:16 +00004103bool CodeGenPrepare::optimizeExtUses(Instruction *I) {
Evan Chengd3d80172007-12-05 23:58:20 +00004104 BasicBlock *DefBB = I->getParent();
4105
Bob Wilsonff714f92010-09-21 21:44:14 +00004106 // If the result of a {s|z}ext and its source are both live out, rewrite all
Evan Chengd3d80172007-12-05 23:58:20 +00004107 // other uses of the source with result of extension.
4108 Value *Src = I->getOperand(0);
4109 if (Src->hasOneUse())
4110 return false;
4111
Evan Cheng2011df42007-12-13 07:50:36 +00004112 // Only do this xform if truncating is free.
Gabor Greifaa261722008-02-26 19:13:21 +00004113 if (TLI && !TLI->isTruncateFree(I->getType(), Src->getType()))
Evan Cheng37c36ed2007-12-13 03:32:53 +00004114 return false;
4115
Evan Cheng7bc89422007-12-12 00:51:06 +00004116 // Only safe to perform the optimization if the source is also defined in
Evan Cheng63d33cf2007-12-12 02:53:41 +00004117 // this block.
4118 if (!isa<Instruction>(Src) || DefBB != cast<Instruction>(Src)->getParent())
Evan Cheng7bc89422007-12-12 00:51:06 +00004119 return false;
4120
Evan Chengd3d80172007-12-05 23:58:20 +00004121 bool DefIsLiveOut = false;
Chandler Carruthcdf47882014-03-09 03:16:01 +00004122 for (User *U : I->users()) {
4123 Instruction *UI = cast<Instruction>(U);
Evan Chengd3d80172007-12-05 23:58:20 +00004124
4125 // Figure out which BB this ext is used in.
Chandler Carruthcdf47882014-03-09 03:16:01 +00004126 BasicBlock *UserBB = UI->getParent();
Evan Chengd3d80172007-12-05 23:58:20 +00004127 if (UserBB == DefBB) continue;
4128 DefIsLiveOut = true;
4129 break;
4130 }
4131 if (!DefIsLiveOut)
4132 return false;
4133
Jim Grosbach0f38c1e2013-04-15 17:40:48 +00004134 // Make sure none of the uses are PHI nodes.
Chandler Carruthcdf47882014-03-09 03:16:01 +00004135 for (User *U : Src->users()) {
4136 Instruction *UI = cast<Instruction>(U);
4137 BasicBlock *UserBB = UI->getParent();
Evan Cheng37c36ed2007-12-13 03:32:53 +00004138 if (UserBB == DefBB) continue;
4139 // Be conservative. We don't want this xform to end up introducing
4140 // reloads just before load / store instructions.
Chandler Carruthcdf47882014-03-09 03:16:01 +00004141 if (isa<PHINode>(UI) || isa<LoadInst>(UI) || isa<StoreInst>(UI))
Evan Cheng63d33cf2007-12-12 02:53:41 +00004142 return false;
4143 }
4144
Evan Chengd3d80172007-12-05 23:58:20 +00004145 // InsertedTruncs - Only insert one trunc in each block once.
4146 DenseMap<BasicBlock*, Instruction*> InsertedTruncs;
4147
4148 bool MadeChange = false;
Chandler Carruthcdf47882014-03-09 03:16:01 +00004149 for (Use &U : Src->uses()) {
4150 Instruction *User = cast<Instruction>(U.getUser());
Evan Chengd3d80172007-12-05 23:58:20 +00004151
4152 // Figure out which BB this ext is used in.
4153 BasicBlock *UserBB = User->getParent();
4154 if (UserBB == DefBB) continue;
4155
4156 // Both src and def are live in this block. Rewrite the use.
4157 Instruction *&InsertedTrunc = InsertedTruncs[UserBB];
4158
4159 if (!InsertedTrunc) {
Bill Wendling8ddfc092011-08-16 20:45:24 +00004160 BasicBlock::iterator InsertPt = UserBB->getFirstInsertionPt();
Duncan P. N. Exon Smithd83547a2015-10-09 18:44:40 +00004161 assert(InsertPt != UserBB->end());
4162 InsertedTrunc = new TruncInst(I, Src->getType(), "", &*InsertPt);
Ahmed Bougachaf3299142015-06-17 20:44:32 +00004163 InsertedInsts.insert(InsertedTrunc);
Evan Chengd3d80172007-12-05 23:58:20 +00004164 }
4165
4166 // Replace a use of the {s|z}ext source with a use of the result.
Chandler Carruthcdf47882014-03-09 03:16:01 +00004167 U = InsertedTrunc;
Cameron Zwarichced753f2011-01-05 17:27:27 +00004168 ++NumExtUses;
Evan Chengd3d80172007-12-05 23:58:20 +00004169 MadeChange = true;
4170 }
4171
4172 return MadeChange;
4173}
4174
Sanjay Patel69a50a12015-10-19 21:59:12 +00004175/// Check if V (an operand of a select instruction) is an expensive instruction
4176/// that is only used once.
4177static bool sinkSelectOperand(const TargetTransformInfo *TTI, Value *V) {
4178 auto *I = dyn_cast<Instruction>(V);
4179 // If it's safe to speculatively execute, then it should not have side
4180 // effects; therefore, it's safe to sink and possibly *not* execute.
Rafael Espindola84921b92015-10-24 23:11:13 +00004181 return I && I->hasOneUse() && isSafeToSpeculativelyExecute(I) &&
4182 TTI->getUserCost(I) >= TargetTransformInfo::TCC_Expensive;
Sanjay Patel69a50a12015-10-19 21:59:12 +00004183}
4184
Sanjay Patel4ac6b112015-09-21 22:47:23 +00004185/// Returns true if a SelectInst should be turned into an explicit branch.
Sanjay Patel69a50a12015-10-19 21:59:12 +00004186static bool isFormingBranchFromSelectProfitable(const TargetTransformInfo *TTI,
4187 SelectInst *SI) {
Benjamin Kramer047d7ca2012-05-05 12:49:22 +00004188 // FIXME: This should use the same heuristics as IfConversion to determine
4189 // whether a select is better represented as a branch. This requires that
4190 // branch probability metadata is preserved for the select, which is not the
4191 // case currently.
4192
4193 CmpInst *Cmp = dyn_cast<CmpInst>(SI->getCondition());
4194
Sanjay Patel4e652762015-09-28 22:14:51 +00004195 // If a branch is predictable, an out-of-order CPU can avoid blocking on its
4196 // comparison condition. If the compare has more than one use, there's
4197 // probably another cmov or setcc around, so it's not worth emitting a branch.
Sanjay Patel5e5f0e92015-09-28 21:44:46 +00004198 if (!Cmp || !Cmp->hasOneUse())
Benjamin Kramer047d7ca2012-05-05 12:49:22 +00004199 return false;
4200
4201 Value *CmpOp0 = Cmp->getOperand(0);
4202 Value *CmpOp1 = Cmp->getOperand(1);
4203
Sanjay Patel4e652762015-09-28 22:14:51 +00004204 // Emit "cmov on compare with a memory operand" as a branch to avoid stalls
4205 // on a load from memory. But if the load is used more than once, do not
4206 // change the select to a branch because the load is probably needed
4207 // regardless of whether the branch is taken or not.
Sanjay Patel69a50a12015-10-19 21:59:12 +00004208 if ((isa<LoadInst>(CmpOp0) && CmpOp0->hasOneUse()) ||
4209 (isa<LoadInst>(CmpOp1) && CmpOp1->hasOneUse()))
4210 return true;
4211
4212 // If either operand of the select is expensive and only needed on one side
4213 // of the select, we should form a branch.
4214 if (sinkSelectOperand(TTI, SI->getTrueValue()) ||
4215 sinkSelectOperand(TTI, SI->getFalseValue()))
4216 return true;
4217
4218 return false;
Benjamin Kramer047d7ca2012-05-05 12:49:22 +00004219}
4220
4221
Nadav Rotem9d832022012-09-02 12:10:19 +00004222/// If we have a SelectInst that will likely profit from branch prediction,
4223/// turn it into a branch.
Sanjay Patelfc580a62015-09-21 23:03:16 +00004224bool CodeGenPrepare::optimizeSelectInst(SelectInst *SI) {
Nadav Rotem9d832022012-09-02 12:10:19 +00004225 bool VectorCond = !SI->getCondition()->getType()->isIntegerTy(1);
4226
4227 // Can we convert the 'select' to CF ?
4228 if (DisableSelectToBranch || OptSize || !TLI || VectorCond)
Benjamin Kramer047d7ca2012-05-05 12:49:22 +00004229 return false;
4230
Nadav Rotem9d832022012-09-02 12:10:19 +00004231 TargetLowering::SelectSupportKind SelectKind;
4232 if (VectorCond)
4233 SelectKind = TargetLowering::VectorMaskSelect;
4234 else if (SI->getType()->isVectorTy())
4235 SelectKind = TargetLowering::ScalarCondVectorVal;
4236 else
4237 SelectKind = TargetLowering::ScalarValSelect;
4238
4239 // Do we have efficient codegen support for this kind of 'selects' ?
4240 if (TLI->isSelectSupported(SelectKind)) {
4241 // We have efficient codegen support for the select instruction.
4242 // Check if it is profitable to keep this 'select'.
4243 if (!TLI->isPredictableSelectExpensive() ||
Sanjay Patel69a50a12015-10-19 21:59:12 +00004244 !isFormingBranchFromSelectProfitable(TTI, SI))
Nadav Rotem9d832022012-09-02 12:10:19 +00004245 return false;
4246 }
Benjamin Kramer047d7ca2012-05-05 12:49:22 +00004247
4248 ModifiedDT = true;
4249
Sanjay Patel69a50a12015-10-19 21:59:12 +00004250 // Transform a sequence like this:
4251 // start:
4252 // %cmp = cmp uge i32 %a, %b
4253 // %sel = select i1 %cmp, i32 %c, i32 %d
4254 //
4255 // Into:
4256 // start:
4257 // %cmp = cmp uge i32 %a, %b
4258 // br i1 %cmp, label %select.true, label %select.false
4259 // select.true:
4260 // br label %select.end
4261 // select.false:
4262 // br label %select.end
4263 // select.end:
4264 // %sel = phi i32 [ %c, %select.true ], [ %d, %select.false ]
4265 //
4266 // In addition, we may sink instructions that produce %c or %d from
4267 // the entry block into the destination(s) of the new branch.
4268 // If the true or false blocks do not contain a sunken instruction, that
4269 // block and its branch may be optimized away. In that case, one side of the
4270 // first branch will point directly to select.end, and the corresponding PHI
4271 // predecessor block will be the start block.
4272
Benjamin Kramer047d7ca2012-05-05 12:49:22 +00004273 // First, we split the block containing the select into 2 blocks.
4274 BasicBlock *StartBlock = SI->getParent();
4275 BasicBlock::iterator SplitPt = ++(BasicBlock::iterator(SI));
Sanjay Patel69a50a12015-10-19 21:59:12 +00004276 BasicBlock *EndBlock = StartBlock->splitBasicBlock(SplitPt, "select.end");
Benjamin Kramer047d7ca2012-05-05 12:49:22 +00004277
Sanjay Patel69a50a12015-10-19 21:59:12 +00004278 // Delete the unconditional branch that was just created by the split.
Benjamin Kramer047d7ca2012-05-05 12:49:22 +00004279 StartBlock->getTerminator()->eraseFromParent();
Sanjay Patel69a50a12015-10-19 21:59:12 +00004280
4281 // These are the new basic blocks for the conditional branch.
4282 // At least one will become an actual new basic block.
4283 BasicBlock *TrueBlock = nullptr;
4284 BasicBlock *FalseBlock = nullptr;
4285
4286 // Sink expensive instructions into the conditional blocks to avoid executing
4287 // them speculatively.
4288 if (sinkSelectOperand(TTI, SI->getTrueValue())) {
4289 TrueBlock = BasicBlock::Create(SI->getContext(), "select.true.sink",
4290 EndBlock->getParent(), EndBlock);
4291 auto *TrueBranch = BranchInst::Create(EndBlock, TrueBlock);
4292 auto *TrueInst = cast<Instruction>(SI->getTrueValue());
4293 TrueInst->moveBefore(TrueBranch);
4294 }
4295 if (sinkSelectOperand(TTI, SI->getFalseValue())) {
4296 FalseBlock = BasicBlock::Create(SI->getContext(), "select.false.sink",
4297 EndBlock->getParent(), EndBlock);
4298 auto *FalseBranch = BranchInst::Create(EndBlock, FalseBlock);
4299 auto *FalseInst = cast<Instruction>(SI->getFalseValue());
4300 FalseInst->moveBefore(FalseBranch);
4301 }
4302
4303 // If there was nothing to sink, then arbitrarily choose the 'false' side
4304 // for a new input value to the PHI.
4305 if (TrueBlock == FalseBlock) {
4306 assert(TrueBlock == nullptr &&
4307 "Unexpected basic block transform while optimizing select");
4308
4309 FalseBlock = BasicBlock::Create(SI->getContext(), "select.false",
4310 EndBlock->getParent(), EndBlock);
4311 BranchInst::Create(EndBlock, FalseBlock);
4312 }
Benjamin Kramer047d7ca2012-05-05 12:49:22 +00004313
4314 // Insert the real conditional branch based on the original condition.
Sanjay Patel69a50a12015-10-19 21:59:12 +00004315 // If we did not create a new block for one of the 'true' or 'false' paths
4316 // of the condition, it means that side of the branch goes to the end block
4317 // directly and the path originates from the start block from the point of
4318 // view of the new PHI.
4319 if (TrueBlock == nullptr) {
4320 BranchInst::Create(EndBlock, FalseBlock, SI->getCondition(), SI);
4321 TrueBlock = StartBlock;
4322 } else if (FalseBlock == nullptr) {
4323 BranchInst::Create(TrueBlock, EndBlock, SI->getCondition(), SI);
4324 FalseBlock = StartBlock;
4325 } else {
4326 BranchInst::Create(TrueBlock, FalseBlock, SI->getCondition(), SI);
4327 }
Benjamin Kramer047d7ca2012-05-05 12:49:22 +00004328
4329 // The select itself is replaced with a PHI Node.
Sanjay Patel69a50a12015-10-19 21:59:12 +00004330 PHINode *PN = PHINode::Create(SI->getType(), 2, "", &EndBlock->front());
Benjamin Kramer047d7ca2012-05-05 12:49:22 +00004331 PN->takeName(SI);
Sanjay Patel69a50a12015-10-19 21:59:12 +00004332 PN->addIncoming(SI->getTrueValue(), TrueBlock);
4333 PN->addIncoming(SI->getFalseValue(), FalseBlock);
4334
Benjamin Kramer047d7ca2012-05-05 12:49:22 +00004335 SI->replaceAllUsesWith(PN);
4336 SI->eraseFromParent();
4337
4338 // Instruct OptimizeBlock to skip to the next block.
4339 CurInstIterator = StartBlock->end();
4340 ++NumSelectsExpanded;
4341 return true;
4342}
4343
Benjamin Kramer573ff362014-03-01 17:24:40 +00004344static bool isBroadcastShuffle(ShuffleVectorInst *SVI) {
Tim Northoveraeb8e062014-02-19 10:02:43 +00004345 SmallVector<int, 16> Mask(SVI->getShuffleMask());
4346 int SplatElem = -1;
4347 for (unsigned i = 0; i < Mask.size(); ++i) {
4348 if (SplatElem != -1 && Mask[i] != -1 && Mask[i] != SplatElem)
4349 return false;
4350 SplatElem = Mask[i];
4351 }
4352
4353 return true;
4354}
4355
4356/// Some targets have expensive vector shifts if the lanes aren't all the same
4357/// (e.g. x86 only introduced "vpsllvd" and friends with AVX2). In these cases
4358/// it's often worth sinking a shufflevector splat down to its use so that
4359/// codegen can spot all lanes are identical.
Sanjay Patelfc580a62015-09-21 23:03:16 +00004360bool CodeGenPrepare::optimizeShuffleVectorInst(ShuffleVectorInst *SVI) {
Tim Northoveraeb8e062014-02-19 10:02:43 +00004361 BasicBlock *DefBB = SVI->getParent();
4362
4363 // Only do this xform if variable vector shifts are particularly expensive.
4364 if (!TLI || !TLI->isVectorShiftByScalarCheap(SVI->getType()))
4365 return false;
4366
4367 // We only expect better codegen by sinking a shuffle if we can recognise a
4368 // constant splat.
4369 if (!isBroadcastShuffle(SVI))
4370 return false;
4371
4372 // InsertedShuffles - Only insert a shuffle in each block once.
4373 DenseMap<BasicBlock*, Instruction*> InsertedShuffles;
4374
4375 bool MadeChange = false;
Chandler Carruthcdf47882014-03-09 03:16:01 +00004376 for (User *U : SVI->users()) {
4377 Instruction *UI = cast<Instruction>(U);
Tim Northoveraeb8e062014-02-19 10:02:43 +00004378
4379 // Figure out which BB this ext is used in.
Chandler Carruthcdf47882014-03-09 03:16:01 +00004380 BasicBlock *UserBB = UI->getParent();
Tim Northoveraeb8e062014-02-19 10:02:43 +00004381 if (UserBB == DefBB) continue;
4382
4383 // For now only apply this when the splat is used by a shift instruction.
Chandler Carruthcdf47882014-03-09 03:16:01 +00004384 if (!UI->isShift()) continue;
Tim Northoveraeb8e062014-02-19 10:02:43 +00004385
4386 // Everything checks out, sink the shuffle if the user's block doesn't
4387 // already have a copy.
4388 Instruction *&InsertedShuffle = InsertedShuffles[UserBB];
4389
4390 if (!InsertedShuffle) {
4391 BasicBlock::iterator InsertPt = UserBB->getFirstInsertionPt();
Duncan P. N. Exon Smithd83547a2015-10-09 18:44:40 +00004392 assert(InsertPt != UserBB->end());
4393 InsertedShuffle =
4394 new ShuffleVectorInst(SVI->getOperand(0), SVI->getOperand(1),
4395 SVI->getOperand(2), "", &*InsertPt);
Tim Northoveraeb8e062014-02-19 10:02:43 +00004396 }
4397
Chandler Carruthcdf47882014-03-09 03:16:01 +00004398 UI->replaceUsesOfWith(SVI, InsertedShuffle);
Tim Northoveraeb8e062014-02-19 10:02:43 +00004399 MadeChange = true;
4400 }
4401
4402 // If we removed all uses, nuke the shuffle.
4403 if (SVI->use_empty()) {
4404 SVI->eraseFromParent();
4405 MadeChange = true;
4406 }
4407
4408 return MadeChange;
4409}
4410
Sanjay Patel0ed9aea2015-11-02 23:22:49 +00004411bool CodeGenPrepare::optimizeSwitchInst(SwitchInst *SI) {
4412 if (!TLI || !DL)
4413 return false;
4414
4415 Value *Cond = SI->getCondition();
4416 Type *OldType = Cond->getType();
4417 LLVMContext &Context = Cond->getContext();
4418 MVT RegType = TLI->getRegisterType(Context, TLI->getValueType(*DL, OldType));
4419 unsigned RegWidth = RegType.getSizeInBits();
4420
4421 if (RegWidth <= cast<IntegerType>(OldType)->getBitWidth())
4422 return false;
4423
4424 // If the register width is greater than the type width, expand the condition
4425 // of the switch instruction and each case constant to the width of the
4426 // register. By widening the type of the switch condition, subsequent
4427 // comparisons (for case comparisons) will not need to be extended to the
4428 // preferred register width, so we will potentially eliminate N-1 extends,
4429 // where N is the number of cases in the switch.
4430 auto *NewType = Type::getIntNTy(Context, RegWidth);
4431
4432 // Zero-extend the switch condition and case constants unless the switch
4433 // condition is a function argument that is already being sign-extended.
4434 // In that case, we can avoid an unnecessary mask/extension by sign-extending
4435 // everything instead.
4436 Instruction::CastOps ExtType = Instruction::ZExt;
4437 if (auto *Arg = dyn_cast<Argument>(Cond))
4438 if (Arg->hasSExtAttr())
4439 ExtType = Instruction::SExt;
4440
4441 auto *ExtInst = CastInst::Create(ExtType, Cond, NewType);
4442 ExtInst->insertBefore(SI);
4443 SI->setCondition(ExtInst);
4444 for (SwitchInst::CaseIt Case : SI->cases()) {
4445 APInt NarrowConst = Case.getCaseValue()->getValue();
4446 APInt WideConst = (ExtType == Instruction::ZExt) ?
4447 NarrowConst.zext(RegWidth) : NarrowConst.sext(RegWidth);
4448 Case.setValue(ConstantInt::get(Context, WideConst));
4449 }
4450
4451 return true;
4452}
4453
Quentin Colombetc32615d2014-10-31 17:52:53 +00004454namespace {
4455/// \brief Helper class to promote a scalar operation to a vector one.
4456/// This class is used to move downward extractelement transition.
4457/// E.g.,
4458/// a = vector_op <2 x i32>
4459/// b = extractelement <2 x i32> a, i32 0
4460/// c = scalar_op b
4461/// store c
4462///
4463/// =>
4464/// a = vector_op <2 x i32>
4465/// c = vector_op a (equivalent to scalar_op on the related lane)
4466/// * d = extractelement <2 x i32> c, i32 0
4467/// * store d
4468/// Assuming both extractelement and store can be combine, we get rid of the
4469/// transition.
4470class VectorPromoteHelper {
Mehdi Amini44ede332015-07-09 02:09:04 +00004471 /// DataLayout associated with the current module.
4472 const DataLayout &DL;
4473
Quentin Colombetc32615d2014-10-31 17:52:53 +00004474 /// Used to perform some checks on the legality of vector operations.
4475 const TargetLowering &TLI;
4476
4477 /// Used to estimated the cost of the promoted chain.
4478 const TargetTransformInfo &TTI;
4479
4480 /// The transition being moved downwards.
4481 Instruction *Transition;
4482 /// The sequence of instructions to be promoted.
4483 SmallVector<Instruction *, 4> InstsToBePromoted;
4484 /// Cost of combining a store and an extract.
4485 unsigned StoreExtractCombineCost;
4486 /// Instruction that will be combined with the transition.
4487 Instruction *CombineInst;
4488
4489 /// \brief The instruction that represents the current end of the transition.
4490 /// Since we are faking the promotion until we reach the end of the chain
4491 /// of computation, we need a way to get the current end of the transition.
4492 Instruction *getEndOfTransition() const {
4493 if (InstsToBePromoted.empty())
4494 return Transition;
4495 return InstsToBePromoted.back();
4496 }
4497
4498 /// \brief Return the index of the original value in the transition.
4499 /// E.g., for "extractelement <2 x i32> c, i32 1" the original value,
4500 /// c, is at index 0.
4501 unsigned getTransitionOriginalValueIdx() const {
4502 assert(isa<ExtractElementInst>(Transition) &&
4503 "Other kind of transitions are not supported yet");
4504 return 0;
4505 }
4506
4507 /// \brief Return the index of the index in the transition.
4508 /// E.g., for "extractelement <2 x i32> c, i32 0" the index
4509 /// is at index 1.
4510 unsigned getTransitionIdx() const {
4511 assert(isa<ExtractElementInst>(Transition) &&
4512 "Other kind of transitions are not supported yet");
4513 return 1;
4514 }
4515
4516 /// \brief Get the type of the transition.
4517 /// This is the type of the original value.
4518 /// E.g., for "extractelement <2 x i32> c, i32 1" the type of the
4519 /// transition is <2 x i32>.
4520 Type *getTransitionType() const {
4521 return Transition->getOperand(getTransitionOriginalValueIdx())->getType();
4522 }
4523
4524 /// \brief Promote \p ToBePromoted by moving \p Def downward through.
4525 /// I.e., we have the following sequence:
4526 /// Def = Transition <ty1> a to <ty2>
4527 /// b = ToBePromoted <ty2> Def, ...
4528 /// =>
4529 /// b = ToBePromoted <ty1> a, ...
4530 /// Def = Transition <ty1> ToBePromoted to <ty2>
4531 void promoteImpl(Instruction *ToBePromoted);
4532
4533 /// \brief Check whether or not it is profitable to promote all the
4534 /// instructions enqueued to be promoted.
4535 bool isProfitableToPromote() {
4536 Value *ValIdx = Transition->getOperand(getTransitionOriginalValueIdx());
4537 unsigned Index = isa<ConstantInt>(ValIdx)
4538 ? cast<ConstantInt>(ValIdx)->getZExtValue()
4539 : -1;
4540 Type *PromotedType = getTransitionType();
4541
4542 StoreInst *ST = cast<StoreInst>(CombineInst);
4543 unsigned AS = ST->getPointerAddressSpace();
4544 unsigned Align = ST->getAlignment();
4545 // Check if this store is supported.
4546 if (!TLI.allowsMisalignedMemoryAccesses(
Mehdi Amini44ede332015-07-09 02:09:04 +00004547 TLI.getValueType(DL, ST->getValueOperand()->getType()), AS,
4548 Align)) {
Quentin Colombetc32615d2014-10-31 17:52:53 +00004549 // If this is not supported, there is no way we can combine
4550 // the extract with the store.
4551 return false;
4552 }
4553
4554 // The scalar chain of computation has to pay for the transition
4555 // scalar to vector.
4556 // The vector chain has to account for the combining cost.
4557 uint64_t ScalarCost =
4558 TTI.getVectorInstrCost(Transition->getOpcode(), PromotedType, Index);
4559 uint64_t VectorCost = StoreExtractCombineCost;
4560 for (const auto &Inst : InstsToBePromoted) {
4561 // Compute the cost.
4562 // By construction, all instructions being promoted are arithmetic ones.
4563 // Moreover, one argument is a constant that can be viewed as a splat
4564 // constant.
4565 Value *Arg0 = Inst->getOperand(0);
4566 bool IsArg0Constant = isa<UndefValue>(Arg0) || isa<ConstantInt>(Arg0) ||
4567 isa<ConstantFP>(Arg0);
4568 TargetTransformInfo::OperandValueKind Arg0OVK =
4569 IsArg0Constant ? TargetTransformInfo::OK_UniformConstantValue
4570 : TargetTransformInfo::OK_AnyValue;
4571 TargetTransformInfo::OperandValueKind Arg1OVK =
4572 !IsArg0Constant ? TargetTransformInfo::OK_UniformConstantValue
4573 : TargetTransformInfo::OK_AnyValue;
4574 ScalarCost += TTI.getArithmeticInstrCost(
4575 Inst->getOpcode(), Inst->getType(), Arg0OVK, Arg1OVK);
4576 VectorCost += TTI.getArithmeticInstrCost(Inst->getOpcode(), PromotedType,
4577 Arg0OVK, Arg1OVK);
4578 }
4579 DEBUG(dbgs() << "Estimated cost of computation to be promoted:\nScalar: "
4580 << ScalarCost << "\nVector: " << VectorCost << '\n');
4581 return ScalarCost > VectorCost;
4582 }
4583
4584 /// \brief Generate a constant vector with \p Val with the same
4585 /// number of elements as the transition.
4586 /// \p UseSplat defines whether or not \p Val should be replicated
Benjamin Kramerdf005cb2015-08-08 18:27:36 +00004587 /// across the whole vector.
Quentin Colombetc32615d2014-10-31 17:52:53 +00004588 /// In other words, if UseSplat == true, we generate <Val, Val, ..., Val>,
4589 /// otherwise we generate a vector with as many undef as possible:
4590 /// <undef, ..., undef, Val, undef, ..., undef> where \p Val is only
4591 /// used at the index of the extract.
4592 Value *getConstantVector(Constant *Val, bool UseSplat) const {
4593 unsigned ExtractIdx = UINT_MAX;
4594 if (!UseSplat) {
4595 // If we cannot determine where the constant must be, we have to
4596 // use a splat constant.
4597 Value *ValExtractIdx = Transition->getOperand(getTransitionIdx());
4598 if (ConstantInt *CstVal = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(ValExtractIdx))
4599 ExtractIdx = CstVal->getSExtValue();
4600 else
4601 UseSplat = true;
4602 }
4603
4604 unsigned End = getTransitionType()->getVectorNumElements();
4605 if (UseSplat)
4606 return ConstantVector::getSplat(End, Val);
4607
4608 SmallVector<Constant *, 4> ConstVec;
4609 UndefValue *UndefVal = UndefValue::get(Val->getType());
4610 for (unsigned Idx = 0; Idx != End; ++Idx) {
4611 if (Idx == ExtractIdx)
4612 ConstVec.push_back(Val);
4613 else
4614 ConstVec.push_back(UndefVal);
4615 }
4616 return ConstantVector::get(ConstVec);
4617 }
4618
4619 /// \brief Check if promoting to a vector type an operand at \p OperandIdx
4620 /// in \p Use can trigger undefined behavior.
4621 static bool canCauseUndefinedBehavior(const Instruction *Use,
4622 unsigned OperandIdx) {
4623 // This is not safe to introduce undef when the operand is on
4624 // the right hand side of a division-like instruction.
4625 if (OperandIdx != 1)
4626 return false;
4627 switch (Use->getOpcode()) {
4628 default:
4629 return false;
4630 case Instruction::SDiv:
4631 case Instruction::UDiv:
4632 case Instruction::SRem:
4633 case Instruction::URem:
4634 return true;
4635 case Instruction::FDiv:
4636 case Instruction::FRem:
4637 return !Use->hasNoNaNs();
4638 }
4639 llvm_unreachable(nullptr);
4640 }
4641
4642public:
Mehdi Amini44ede332015-07-09 02:09:04 +00004643 VectorPromoteHelper(const DataLayout &DL, const TargetLowering &TLI,
4644 const TargetTransformInfo &TTI, Instruction *Transition,
4645 unsigned CombineCost)
4646 : DL(DL), TLI(TLI), TTI(TTI), Transition(Transition),
Quentin Colombetc32615d2014-10-31 17:52:53 +00004647 StoreExtractCombineCost(CombineCost), CombineInst(nullptr) {
4648 assert(Transition && "Do not know how to promote null");
4649 }
4650
4651 /// \brief Check if we can promote \p ToBePromoted to \p Type.
4652 bool canPromote(const Instruction *ToBePromoted) const {
4653 // We could support CastInst too.
4654 return isa<BinaryOperator>(ToBePromoted);
4655 }
4656
4657 /// \brief Check if it is profitable to promote \p ToBePromoted
4658 /// by moving downward the transition through.
4659 bool shouldPromote(const Instruction *ToBePromoted) const {
4660 // Promote only if all the operands can be statically expanded.
4661 // Indeed, we do not want to introduce any new kind of transitions.
4662 for (const Use &U : ToBePromoted->operands()) {
4663 const Value *Val = U.get();
4664 if (Val == getEndOfTransition()) {
4665 // If the use is a division and the transition is on the rhs,
4666 // we cannot promote the operation, otherwise we may create a
4667 // division by zero.
4668 if (canCauseUndefinedBehavior(ToBePromoted, U.getOperandNo()))
4669 return false;
4670 continue;
4671 }
4672 if (!isa<ConstantInt>(Val) && !isa<UndefValue>(Val) &&
4673 !isa<ConstantFP>(Val))
4674 return false;
4675 }
4676 // Check that the resulting operation is legal.
4677 int ISDOpcode = TLI.InstructionOpcodeToISD(ToBePromoted->getOpcode());
4678 if (!ISDOpcode)
4679 return false;
4680 return StressStoreExtract ||
Ahmed Bougacha026600d2014-11-12 23:05:03 +00004681 TLI.isOperationLegalOrCustom(
Mehdi Amini44ede332015-07-09 02:09:04 +00004682 ISDOpcode, TLI.getValueType(DL, getTransitionType(), true));
Quentin Colombetc32615d2014-10-31 17:52:53 +00004683 }
4684
4685 /// \brief Check whether or not \p Use can be combined
4686 /// with the transition.
4687 /// I.e., is it possible to do Use(Transition) => AnotherUse?
4688 bool canCombine(const Instruction *Use) { return isa<StoreInst>(Use); }
4689
4690 /// \brief Record \p ToBePromoted as part of the chain to be promoted.
4691 void enqueueForPromotion(Instruction *ToBePromoted) {
4692 InstsToBePromoted.push_back(ToBePromoted);
4693 }
4694
4695 /// \brief Set the instruction that will be combined with the transition.
4696 void recordCombineInstruction(Instruction *ToBeCombined) {
4697 assert(canCombine(ToBeCombined) && "Unsupported instruction to combine");
4698 CombineInst = ToBeCombined;
4699 }
4700
4701 /// \brief Promote all the instructions enqueued for promotion if it is
4702 /// is profitable.
4703 /// \return True if the promotion happened, false otherwise.
4704 bool promote() {
4705 // Check if there is something to promote.
4706 // Right now, if we do not have anything to combine with,
4707 // we assume the promotion is not profitable.
4708 if (InstsToBePromoted.empty() || !CombineInst)
4709 return false;
4710
4711 // Check cost.
4712 if (!StressStoreExtract && !isProfitableToPromote())
4713 return false;
4714
4715 // Promote.
4716 for (auto &ToBePromoted : InstsToBePromoted)
4717 promoteImpl(ToBePromoted);
4718 InstsToBePromoted.clear();
4719 return true;
4720 }
4721};
4722} // End of anonymous namespace.
4723
4724void VectorPromoteHelper::promoteImpl(Instruction *ToBePromoted) {
4725 // At this point, we know that all the operands of ToBePromoted but Def
4726 // can be statically promoted.
4727 // For Def, we need to use its parameter in ToBePromoted:
4728 // b = ToBePromoted ty1 a
4729 // Def = Transition ty1 b to ty2
4730 // Move the transition down.
4731 // 1. Replace all uses of the promoted operation by the transition.
4732 // = ... b => = ... Def.
4733 assert(ToBePromoted->getType() == Transition->getType() &&
4734 "The type of the result of the transition does not match "
4735 "the final type");
4736 ToBePromoted->replaceAllUsesWith(Transition);
4737 // 2. Update the type of the uses.
4738 // b = ToBePromoted ty2 Def => b = ToBePromoted ty1 Def.
4739 Type *TransitionTy = getTransitionType();
4740 ToBePromoted->mutateType(TransitionTy);
4741 // 3. Update all the operands of the promoted operation with promoted
4742 // operands.
4743 // b = ToBePromoted ty1 Def => b = ToBePromoted ty1 a.
4744 for (Use &U : ToBePromoted->operands()) {
4745 Value *Val = U.get();
4746 Value *NewVal = nullptr;
4747 if (Val == Transition)
4748 NewVal = Transition->getOperand(getTransitionOriginalValueIdx());
4749 else if (isa<UndefValue>(Val) || isa<ConstantInt>(Val) ||
4750 isa<ConstantFP>(Val)) {
4751 // Use a splat constant if it is not safe to use undef.
4752 NewVal = getConstantVector(
4753 cast<Constant>(Val),
4754 isa<UndefValue>(Val) ||
4755 canCauseUndefinedBehavior(ToBePromoted, U.getOperandNo()));
4756 } else
Craig Topperd3c02f12015-01-05 10:15:49 +00004757 llvm_unreachable("Did you modified shouldPromote and forgot to update "
4758 "this?");
Quentin Colombetc32615d2014-10-31 17:52:53 +00004759 ToBePromoted->setOperand(U.getOperandNo(), NewVal);
4760 }
4761 Transition->removeFromParent();
4762 Transition->insertAfter(ToBePromoted);
4763 Transition->setOperand(getTransitionOriginalValueIdx(), ToBePromoted);
4764}
4765
4766/// Some targets can do store(extractelement) with one instruction.
4767/// Try to push the extractelement towards the stores when the target
4768/// has this feature and this is profitable.
Sanjay Patelfc580a62015-09-21 23:03:16 +00004769bool CodeGenPrepare::optimizeExtractElementInst(Instruction *Inst) {
Quentin Colombetc32615d2014-10-31 17:52:53 +00004770 unsigned CombineCost = UINT_MAX;
4771 if (DisableStoreExtract || !TLI ||
4772 (!StressStoreExtract &&
4773 !TLI->canCombineStoreAndExtract(Inst->getOperand(0)->getType(),
4774 Inst->getOperand(1), CombineCost)))
4775 return false;
4776
4777 // At this point we know that Inst is a vector to scalar transition.
4778 // Try to move it down the def-use chain, until:
4779 // - We can combine the transition with its single use
4780 // => we got rid of the transition.
4781 // - We escape the current basic block
4782 // => we would need to check that we are moving it at a cheaper place and
4783 // we do not do that for now.
4784 BasicBlock *Parent = Inst->getParent();
4785 DEBUG(dbgs() << "Found an interesting transition: " << *Inst << '\n');
Mehdi Amini44ede332015-07-09 02:09:04 +00004786 VectorPromoteHelper VPH(*DL, *TLI, *TTI, Inst, CombineCost);
Quentin Colombetc32615d2014-10-31 17:52:53 +00004787 // If the transition has more than one use, assume this is not going to be
4788 // beneficial.
4789 while (Inst->hasOneUse()) {
4790 Instruction *ToBePromoted = cast<Instruction>(*Inst->user_begin());
4791 DEBUG(dbgs() << "Use: " << *ToBePromoted << '\n');
4792
4793 if (ToBePromoted->getParent() != Parent) {
4794 DEBUG(dbgs() << "Instruction to promote is in a different block ("
4795 << ToBePromoted->getParent()->getName()
4796 << ") than the transition (" << Parent->getName() << ").\n");
4797 return false;
4798 }
4799
4800 if (VPH.canCombine(ToBePromoted)) {
4801 DEBUG(dbgs() << "Assume " << *Inst << '\n'
4802 << "will be combined with: " << *ToBePromoted << '\n');
4803 VPH.recordCombineInstruction(ToBePromoted);
4804 bool Changed = VPH.promote();
4805 NumStoreExtractExposed += Changed;
4806 return Changed;
4807 }
4808
4809 DEBUG(dbgs() << "Try promoting.\n");
4810 if (!VPH.canPromote(ToBePromoted) || !VPH.shouldPromote(ToBePromoted))
4811 return false;
4812
4813 DEBUG(dbgs() << "Promoting is possible... Enqueue for promotion!\n");
4814
4815 VPH.enqueueForPromotion(ToBePromoted);
4816 Inst = ToBePromoted;
4817 }
4818 return false;
4819}
4820
Sanjay Patelfc580a62015-09-21 23:03:16 +00004821bool CodeGenPrepare::optimizeInst(Instruction *I, bool& ModifiedDT) {
Ahmed Bougachaf3299142015-06-17 20:44:32 +00004822 // Bail out if we inserted the instruction to prevent optimizations from
4823 // stepping on each other's toes.
4824 if (InsertedInsts.count(I))
4825 return false;
4826
Cameron Zwarich14ac8652011-01-06 02:37:26 +00004827 if (PHINode *P = dyn_cast<PHINode>(I)) {
4828 // It is possible for very late stage optimizations (such as SimplifyCFG)
4829 // to introduce PHI nodes too late to be cleaned up. If we detect such a
4830 // trivial PHI, go ahead and zap it here.
Mehdi Amini4fe37982015-07-07 18:45:17 +00004831 if (Value *V = SimplifyInstruction(P, *DL, TLInfo, nullptr)) {
Cameron Zwarich14ac8652011-01-06 02:37:26 +00004832 P->replaceAllUsesWith(V);
4833 P->eraseFromParent();
4834 ++NumPHIsElim;
Chris Lattneree588de2011-01-15 07:29:01 +00004835 return true;
Cameron Zwarich14ac8652011-01-06 02:37:26 +00004836 }
Chris Lattneree588de2011-01-15 07:29:01 +00004837 return false;
4838 }
Nadav Rotem465834c2012-07-24 10:51:42 +00004839
Chris Lattneree588de2011-01-15 07:29:01 +00004840 if (CastInst *CI = dyn_cast<CastInst>(I)) {
Cameron Zwarich14ac8652011-01-06 02:37:26 +00004841 // If the source of the cast is a constant, then this should have
4842 // already been constant folded. The only reason NOT to constant fold
4843 // it is if something (e.g. LSR) was careful to place the constant
4844 // evaluation in a block other than then one that uses it (e.g. to hoist
4845 // the address of globals out of a loop). If this is the case, we don't
4846 // want to forward-subst the cast.
4847 if (isa<Constant>(CI->getOperand(0)))
4848 return false;
4849
Mehdi Amini44ede332015-07-09 02:09:04 +00004850 if (TLI && OptimizeNoopCopyExpression(CI, *TLI, *DL))
Chris Lattneree588de2011-01-15 07:29:01 +00004851 return true;
Cameron Zwarich14ac8652011-01-06 02:37:26 +00004852
Chris Lattneree588de2011-01-15 07:29:01 +00004853 if (isa<ZExtInst>(I) || isa<SExtInst>(I)) {
Manuel Jacoba7c48f92014-03-13 13:36:25 +00004854 /// Sink a zext or sext into its user blocks if the target type doesn't
4855 /// fit in one register
Mehdi Amini44ede332015-07-09 02:09:04 +00004856 if (TLI &&
4857 TLI->getTypeAction(CI->getContext(),
4858 TLI->getValueType(*DL, CI->getType())) ==
4859 TargetLowering::TypeExpandInteger) {
Manuel Jacoba7c48f92014-03-13 13:36:25 +00004860 return SinkCast(CI);
4861 } else {
Sanjay Patelfc580a62015-09-21 23:03:16 +00004862 bool MadeChange = moveExtToFormExtLoad(I);
4863 return MadeChange | optimizeExtUses(I);
Manuel Jacoba7c48f92014-03-13 13:36:25 +00004864 }
Cameron Zwarich14ac8652011-01-06 02:37:26 +00004865 }
Chris Lattneree588de2011-01-15 07:29:01 +00004866 return false;
4867 }
Nadav Rotem465834c2012-07-24 10:51:42 +00004868
Chris Lattneree588de2011-01-15 07:29:01 +00004869 if (CmpInst *CI = dyn_cast<CmpInst>(I))
Hal Finkeldecb0242014-01-02 21:13:43 +00004870 if (!TLI || !TLI->hasMultipleConditionRegisters())
4871 return OptimizeCmpExpression(CI);
Nadav Rotem465834c2012-07-24 10:51:42 +00004872
Chris Lattneree588de2011-01-15 07:29:01 +00004873 if (LoadInst *LI = dyn_cast<LoadInst>(I)) {
Piotr Padlewski6c15ec42015-09-15 18:32:14 +00004874 stripInvariantGroupMetadata(*LI);
Matt Arsenaultf72b49b2015-06-04 16:17:38 +00004875 if (TLI) {
4876 unsigned AS = LI->getPointerAddressSpace();
Sanjay Patelfc580a62015-09-21 23:03:16 +00004877 return optimizeMemoryInst(I, I->getOperand(0), LI->getType(), AS);
Matt Arsenaultf72b49b2015-06-04 16:17:38 +00004878 }
Hans Wennborgf3254832012-10-30 11:23:25 +00004879 return false;
Chris Lattneree588de2011-01-15 07:29:01 +00004880 }
Nadav Rotem465834c2012-07-24 10:51:42 +00004881
Chris Lattneree588de2011-01-15 07:29:01 +00004882 if (StoreInst *SI = dyn_cast<StoreInst>(I)) {
Piotr Padlewski6c15ec42015-09-15 18:32:14 +00004883 stripInvariantGroupMetadata(*SI);
Matt Arsenaultf72b49b2015-06-04 16:17:38 +00004884 if (TLI) {
4885 unsigned AS = SI->getPointerAddressSpace();
Sanjay Patelfc580a62015-09-21 23:03:16 +00004886 return optimizeMemoryInst(I, SI->getOperand(1),
Matt Arsenaultf72b49b2015-06-04 16:17:38 +00004887 SI->getOperand(0)->getType(), AS);
4888 }
Chris Lattneree588de2011-01-15 07:29:01 +00004889 return false;
4890 }
Nadav Rotem465834c2012-07-24 10:51:42 +00004891
Yi Jiangd069f632014-04-21 19:34:27 +00004892 BinaryOperator *BinOp = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(I);
4893
4894 if (BinOp && (BinOp->getOpcode() == Instruction::AShr ||
4895 BinOp->getOpcode() == Instruction::LShr)) {
4896 ConstantInt *CI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(BinOp->getOperand(1));
4897 if (TLI && CI && TLI->hasExtractBitsInsn())
Mehdi Amini44ede332015-07-09 02:09:04 +00004898 return OptimizeExtractBits(BinOp, CI, *TLI, *DL);
Yi Jiangd069f632014-04-21 19:34:27 +00004899
4900 return false;
4901 }
4902
Chris Lattneree588de2011-01-15 07:29:01 +00004903 if (GetElementPtrInst *GEPI = dyn_cast<GetElementPtrInst>(I)) {
Cameron Zwarichd28c78e2011-01-06 02:44:52 +00004904 if (GEPI->hasAllZeroIndices()) {
4905 /// The GEP operand must be a pointer, so must its result -> BitCast
4906 Instruction *NC = new BitCastInst(GEPI->getOperand(0), GEPI->getType(),
4907 GEPI->getName(), GEPI);
4908 GEPI->replaceAllUsesWith(NC);
4909 GEPI->eraseFromParent();
4910 ++NumGEPsElim;
Sanjay Patelfc580a62015-09-21 23:03:16 +00004911 optimizeInst(NC, ModifiedDT);
Chris Lattneree588de2011-01-15 07:29:01 +00004912 return true;
Cameron Zwarichd28c78e2011-01-06 02:44:52 +00004913 }
Chris Lattneree588de2011-01-15 07:29:01 +00004914 return false;
Cameron Zwarich14ac8652011-01-06 02:37:26 +00004915 }
Nadav Rotem465834c2012-07-24 10:51:42 +00004916
Chris Lattneree588de2011-01-15 07:29:01 +00004917 if (CallInst *CI = dyn_cast<CallInst>(I))
Sanjay Patelfc580a62015-09-21 23:03:16 +00004918 return optimizeCallInst(CI, ModifiedDT);
Cameron Zwarich14ac8652011-01-06 02:37:26 +00004919
Benjamin Kramer047d7ca2012-05-05 12:49:22 +00004920 if (SelectInst *SI = dyn_cast<SelectInst>(I))
Sanjay Patelfc580a62015-09-21 23:03:16 +00004921 return optimizeSelectInst(SI);
Benjamin Kramer047d7ca2012-05-05 12:49:22 +00004922
Tim Northoveraeb8e062014-02-19 10:02:43 +00004923 if (ShuffleVectorInst *SVI = dyn_cast<ShuffleVectorInst>(I))
Sanjay Patelfc580a62015-09-21 23:03:16 +00004924 return optimizeShuffleVectorInst(SVI);
Tim Northoveraeb8e062014-02-19 10:02:43 +00004925
Sanjay Patel0ed9aea2015-11-02 23:22:49 +00004926 if (auto *Switch = dyn_cast<SwitchInst>(I))
4927 return optimizeSwitchInst(Switch);
4928
Quentin Colombetc32615d2014-10-31 17:52:53 +00004929 if (isa<ExtractElementInst>(I))
Sanjay Patelfc580a62015-09-21 23:03:16 +00004930 return optimizeExtractElementInst(I);
Quentin Colombetc32615d2014-10-31 17:52:53 +00004931
Chris Lattneree588de2011-01-15 07:29:01 +00004932 return false;
Cameron Zwarich14ac8652011-01-06 02:37:26 +00004933}
4934
Chris Lattnerf2836d12007-03-31 04:06:36 +00004935// In this pass we look for GEP and cast instructions that are used
4936// across basic blocks and rewrite them to improve basic-block-at-a-time
4937// selection.
Sanjay Patelfc580a62015-09-21 23:03:16 +00004938bool CodeGenPrepare::optimizeBlock(BasicBlock &BB, bool& ModifiedDT) {
Cameron Zwarichce3b9302011-01-06 00:42:50 +00004939 SunkAddrs.clear();
Cameron Zwarich5dd2aa22011-03-02 03:31:46 +00004940 bool MadeChange = false;
Eric Christopherc1ea1492008-09-24 05:32:41 +00004941
Chris Lattner7a277142011-01-15 07:14:54 +00004942 CurInstIterator = BB.begin();
Elena Demikhovsky87700a72014-12-28 08:54:45 +00004943 while (CurInstIterator != BB.end()) {
Duncan P. N. Exon Smithd83547a2015-10-09 18:44:40 +00004944 MadeChange |= optimizeInst(&*CurInstIterator++, ModifiedDT);
Elena Demikhovsky87700a72014-12-28 08:54:45 +00004945 if (ModifiedDT)
4946 return true;
4947 }
Sanjay Patelfc580a62015-09-21 23:03:16 +00004948 MadeChange |= dupRetToEnableTailCallOpts(&BB);
Benjamin Kramer455fa352012-11-23 19:17:06 +00004949
Chris Lattnerf2836d12007-03-31 04:06:36 +00004950 return MadeChange;
4951}
Devang Patel53771ba2011-08-18 00:50:51 +00004952
4953// llvm.dbg.value is far away from the value then iSel may not be able
Nadav Rotem465834c2012-07-24 10:51:42 +00004954// handle it properly. iSel will drop llvm.dbg.value if it can not
Devang Patel53771ba2011-08-18 00:50:51 +00004955// find a node corresponding to the value.
Sanjay Patelfc580a62015-09-21 23:03:16 +00004956bool CodeGenPrepare::placeDbgValues(Function &F) {
Devang Patel53771ba2011-08-18 00:50:51 +00004957 bool MadeChange = false;
Duncan P. N. Exon Smith5914a972015-01-08 20:44:33 +00004958 for (BasicBlock &BB : F) {
Craig Topperc0196b12014-04-14 00:51:57 +00004959 Instruction *PrevNonDbgInst = nullptr;
Duncan P. N. Exon Smith5914a972015-01-08 20:44:33 +00004960 for (BasicBlock::iterator BI = BB.begin(), BE = BB.end(); BI != BE;) {
Duncan P. N. Exon Smithd83547a2015-10-09 18:44:40 +00004961 Instruction *Insn = &*BI++;
Devang Patel53771ba2011-08-18 00:50:51 +00004962 DbgValueInst *DVI = dyn_cast<DbgValueInst>(Insn);
Adrian Prantl32da8892014-04-25 20:49:25 +00004963 // Leave dbg.values that refer to an alloca alone. These
4964 // instrinsics describe the address of a variable (= the alloca)
4965 // being taken. They should not be moved next to the alloca
4966 // (and to the beginning of the scope), but rather stay close to
4967 // where said address is used.
4968 if (!DVI || (DVI->getValue() && isa<AllocaInst>(DVI->getValue()))) {
Devang Patel53771ba2011-08-18 00:50:51 +00004969 PrevNonDbgInst = Insn;
4970 continue;
4971 }
4972
4973 Instruction *VI = dyn_cast_or_null<Instruction>(DVI->getValue());
4974 if (VI && VI != PrevNonDbgInst && !VI->isTerminator()) {
4975 DEBUG(dbgs() << "Moving Debug Value before :\n" << *DVI << ' ' << *VI);
4976 DVI->removeFromParent();
4977 if (isa<PHINode>(VI))
Duncan P. N. Exon Smithd83547a2015-10-09 18:44:40 +00004978 DVI->insertBefore(&*VI->getParent()->getFirstInsertionPt());
Devang Patel53771ba2011-08-18 00:50:51 +00004979 else
4980 DVI->insertAfter(VI);
4981 MadeChange = true;
4982 ++NumDbgValueMoved;
4983 }
4984 }
4985 }
4986 return MadeChange;
4987}
Tim Northovercea0abb2014-03-29 08:22:29 +00004988
4989// If there is a sequence that branches based on comparing a single bit
4990// against zero that can be combined into a single instruction, and the
4991// target supports folding these into a single instruction, sink the
4992// mask and compare into the branch uses. Do this before OptimizeBlock ->
4993// OptimizeInst -> OptimizeCmpExpression, which perturbs the pattern being
4994// searched for.
4995bool CodeGenPrepare::sinkAndCmp(Function &F) {
4996 if (!EnableAndCmpSinking)
4997 return false;
4998 if (!TLI || !TLI->isMaskAndBranchFoldingLegal())
4999 return false;
5000 bool MadeChange = false;
5001 for (Function::iterator I = F.begin(), E = F.end(); I != E; ) {
Duncan P. N. Exon Smithd83547a2015-10-09 18:44:40 +00005002 BasicBlock *BB = &*I++;
Tim Northovercea0abb2014-03-29 08:22:29 +00005003
5004 // Does this BB end with the following?
5005 // %andVal = and %val, #single-bit-set
5006 // %icmpVal = icmp %andResult, 0
5007 // br i1 %cmpVal label %dest1, label %dest2"
5008 BranchInst *Brcc = dyn_cast<BranchInst>(BB->getTerminator());
5009 if (!Brcc || !Brcc->isConditional())
5010 continue;
5011 ICmpInst *Cmp = dyn_cast<ICmpInst>(Brcc->getOperand(0));
5012 if (!Cmp || Cmp->getParent() != BB)
5013 continue;
5014 ConstantInt *Zero = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(Cmp->getOperand(1));
5015 if (!Zero || !Zero->isZero())
5016 continue;
5017 Instruction *And = dyn_cast<Instruction>(Cmp->getOperand(0));
5018 if (!And || And->getOpcode() != Instruction::And || And->getParent() != BB)
5019 continue;
5020 ConstantInt* Mask = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(And->getOperand(1));
5021 if (!Mask || !Mask->getUniqueInteger().isPowerOf2())
5022 continue;
5023 DEBUG(dbgs() << "found and; icmp ?,0; brcc\n"); DEBUG(BB->dump());
5024
5025 // Push the "and; icmp" for any users that are conditional branches.
5026 // Since there can only be one branch use per BB, we don't need to keep
5027 // track of which BBs we insert into.
5028 for (Value::use_iterator UI = Cmp->use_begin(), E = Cmp->use_end();
5029 UI != E; ) {
5030 Use &TheUse = *UI;
5031 // Find brcc use.
5032 BranchInst *BrccUser = dyn_cast<BranchInst>(*UI);
5033 ++UI;
5034 if (!BrccUser || !BrccUser->isConditional())
5035 continue;
5036 BasicBlock *UserBB = BrccUser->getParent();
5037 if (UserBB == BB) continue;
5038 DEBUG(dbgs() << "found Brcc use\n");
5039
5040 // Sink the "and; icmp" to use.
5041 MadeChange = true;
5042 BinaryOperator *NewAnd =
5043 BinaryOperator::CreateAnd(And->getOperand(0), And->getOperand(1), "",
5044 BrccUser);
5045 CmpInst *NewCmp =
5046 CmpInst::Create(Cmp->getOpcode(), Cmp->getPredicate(), NewAnd, Zero,
5047 "", BrccUser);
5048 TheUse = NewCmp;
5049 ++NumAndCmpsMoved;
5050 DEBUG(BrccUser->getParent()->dump());
5051 }
5052 }
5053 return MadeChange;
5054}
Juergen Ributzkac1bbcbb2014-12-09 16:36:13 +00005055
Juergen Ributzka194350a2014-12-09 17:32:12 +00005056/// \brief Retrieve the probabilities of a conditional branch. Returns true on
5057/// success, or returns false if no or invalid metadata was found.
5058static bool extractBranchMetadata(BranchInst *BI,
5059 uint64_t &ProbTrue, uint64_t &ProbFalse) {
5060 assert(BI->isConditional() &&
5061 "Looking for probabilities on unconditional branch?");
5062 auto *ProfileData = BI->getMetadata(LLVMContext::MD_prof);
5063 if (!ProfileData || ProfileData->getNumOperands() != 3)
5064 return false;
5065
Duncan P. N. Exon Smith5bf8fef2014-12-09 18:38:53 +00005066 const auto *CITrue =
5067 mdconst::dyn_extract<ConstantInt>(ProfileData->getOperand(1));
5068 const auto *CIFalse =
5069 mdconst::dyn_extract<ConstantInt>(ProfileData->getOperand(2));
Juergen Ributzka194350a2014-12-09 17:32:12 +00005070 if (!CITrue || !CIFalse)
5071 return false;
5072
5073 ProbTrue = CITrue->getValue().getZExtValue();
5074 ProbFalse = CIFalse->getValue().getZExtValue();
5075
5076 return true;
5077}
5078
Juergen Ributzkac1bbcbb2014-12-09 16:36:13 +00005079/// \brief Scale down both weights to fit into uint32_t.
5080static void scaleWeights(uint64_t &NewTrue, uint64_t &NewFalse) {
5081 uint64_t NewMax = (NewTrue > NewFalse) ? NewTrue : NewFalse;
5082 uint32_t Scale = (NewMax / UINT32_MAX) + 1;
5083 NewTrue = NewTrue / Scale;
5084 NewFalse = NewFalse / Scale;
5085}
5086
5087/// \brief Some targets prefer to split a conditional branch like:
5088/// \code
5089/// %0 = icmp ne i32 %a, 0
5090/// %1 = icmp ne i32 %b, 0
5091/// %or.cond = or i1 %0, %1
5092/// br i1 %or.cond, label %TrueBB, label %FalseBB
5093/// \endcode
5094/// into multiple branch instructions like:
5095/// \code
5096/// bb1:
5097/// %0 = icmp ne i32 %a, 0
5098/// br i1 %0, label %TrueBB, label %bb2
5099/// bb2:
5100/// %1 = icmp ne i32 %b, 0
5101/// br i1 %1, label %TrueBB, label %FalseBB
5102/// \endcode
5103/// This usually allows instruction selection to do even further optimizations
5104/// and combine the compare with the branch instruction. Currently this is
5105/// applied for targets which have "cheap" jump instructions.
5106///
5107/// FIXME: Remove the (equivalent?) implementation in SelectionDAG.
5108///
5109bool CodeGenPrepare::splitBranchCondition(Function &F) {
David Blaikiedc3f01e2015-03-09 01:57:13 +00005110 if (!TM || !TM->Options.EnableFastISel || !TLI || TLI->isJumpExpensive())
Juergen Ributzkac1bbcbb2014-12-09 16:36:13 +00005111 return false;
5112
5113 bool MadeChange = false;
5114 for (auto &BB : F) {
5115 // Does this BB end with the following?
5116 // %cond1 = icmp|fcmp|binary instruction ...
5117 // %cond2 = icmp|fcmp|binary instruction ...
5118 // %cond.or = or|and i1 %cond1, cond2
5119 // br i1 %cond.or label %dest1, label %dest2"
5120 BinaryOperator *LogicOp;
5121 BasicBlock *TBB, *FBB;
5122 if (!match(BB.getTerminator(), m_Br(m_OneUse(m_BinOp(LogicOp)), TBB, FBB)))
5123 continue;
5124
Sanjay Patel42574202015-09-02 19:23:23 +00005125 auto *Br1 = cast<BranchInst>(BB.getTerminator());
5126 if (Br1->getMetadata(LLVMContext::MD_unpredictable))
5127 continue;
5128
Juergen Ributzkac1bbcbb2014-12-09 16:36:13 +00005129 unsigned Opc;
Juergen Ributzka8bda7382014-12-09 17:50:10 +00005130 Value *Cond1, *Cond2;
5131 if (match(LogicOp, m_And(m_OneUse(m_Value(Cond1)),
5132 m_OneUse(m_Value(Cond2)))))
Juergen Ributzkac1bbcbb2014-12-09 16:36:13 +00005133 Opc = Instruction::And;
Juergen Ributzka8bda7382014-12-09 17:50:10 +00005134 else if (match(LogicOp, m_Or(m_OneUse(m_Value(Cond1)),
5135 m_OneUse(m_Value(Cond2)))))
Juergen Ributzkac1bbcbb2014-12-09 16:36:13 +00005136 Opc = Instruction::Or;
5137 else
5138 continue;
5139
5140 if (!match(Cond1, m_CombineOr(m_Cmp(), m_BinOp())) ||
5141 !match(Cond2, m_CombineOr(m_Cmp(), m_BinOp())) )
5142 continue;
5143
5144 DEBUG(dbgs() << "Before branch condition splitting\n"; BB.dump());
5145
5146 // Create a new BB.
5147 auto *InsertBefore = std::next(Function::iterator(BB))
5148 .getNodePtrUnchecked();
5149 auto TmpBB = BasicBlock::Create(BB.getContext(),
5150 BB.getName() + ".cond.split",
5151 BB.getParent(), InsertBefore);
5152
5153 // Update original basic block by using the first condition directly by the
5154 // branch instruction and removing the no longer needed and/or instruction.
Juergen Ributzkac1bbcbb2014-12-09 16:36:13 +00005155 Br1->setCondition(Cond1);
5156 LogicOp->eraseFromParent();
Juergen Ributzka8bda7382014-12-09 17:50:10 +00005157
Juergen Ributzkac1bbcbb2014-12-09 16:36:13 +00005158 // Depending on the conditon we have to either replace the true or the false
5159 // successor of the original branch instruction.
5160 if (Opc == Instruction::And)
5161 Br1->setSuccessor(0, TmpBB);
5162 else
5163 Br1->setSuccessor(1, TmpBB);
5164
5165 // Fill in the new basic block.
5166 auto *Br2 = IRBuilder<>(TmpBB).CreateCondBr(Cond2, TBB, FBB);
Juergen Ributzka8bda7382014-12-09 17:50:10 +00005167 if (auto *I = dyn_cast<Instruction>(Cond2)) {
5168 I->removeFromParent();
5169 I->insertBefore(Br2);
5170 }
Juergen Ributzkac1bbcbb2014-12-09 16:36:13 +00005171
5172 // Update PHI nodes in both successors. The original BB needs to be
5173 // replaced in one succesor's PHI nodes, because the branch comes now from
5174 // the newly generated BB (NewBB). In the other successor we need to add one
5175 // incoming edge to the PHI nodes, because both branch instructions target
5176 // now the same successor. Depending on the original branch condition
5177 // (and/or) we have to swap the successors (TrueDest, FalseDest), so that
5178 // we perfrom the correct update for the PHI nodes.
5179 // This doesn't change the successor order of the just created branch
5180 // instruction (or any other instruction).
5181 if (Opc == Instruction::Or)
5182 std::swap(TBB, FBB);
5183
5184 // Replace the old BB with the new BB.
5185 for (auto &I : *TBB) {
5186 PHINode *PN = dyn_cast<PHINode>(&I);
5187 if (!PN)
5188 break;
5189 int i;
5190 while ((i = PN->getBasicBlockIndex(&BB)) >= 0)
5191 PN->setIncomingBlock(i, TmpBB);
5192 }
5193
5194 // Add another incoming edge form the new BB.
5195 for (auto &I : *FBB) {
5196 PHINode *PN = dyn_cast<PHINode>(&I);
5197 if (!PN)
5198 break;
5199 auto *Val = PN->getIncomingValueForBlock(&BB);
5200 PN->addIncoming(Val, TmpBB);
5201 }
5202
5203 // Update the branch weights (from SelectionDAGBuilder::
5204 // FindMergedConditions).
5205 if (Opc == Instruction::Or) {
5206 // Codegen X | Y as:
5207 // BB1:
5208 // jmp_if_X TBB
5209 // jmp TmpBB
5210 // TmpBB:
5211 // jmp_if_Y TBB
5212 // jmp FBB
5213 //
5214
5215 // We have flexibility in setting Prob for BB1 and Prob for NewBB.
5216 // The requirement is that
5217 // TrueProb for BB1 + (FalseProb for BB1 * TrueProb for TmpBB)
5218 // = TrueProb for orignal BB.
5219 // Assuming the orignal weights are A and B, one choice is to set BB1's
5220 // weights to A and A+2B, and set TmpBB's weights to A and 2B. This choice
5221 // assumes that
5222 // TrueProb for BB1 == FalseProb for BB1 * TrueProb for TmpBB.
5223 // Another choice is to assume TrueProb for BB1 equals to TrueProb for
5224 // TmpBB, but the math is more complicated.
5225 uint64_t TrueWeight, FalseWeight;
Juergen Ributzka194350a2014-12-09 17:32:12 +00005226 if (extractBranchMetadata(Br1, TrueWeight, FalseWeight)) {
Juergen Ributzkac1bbcbb2014-12-09 16:36:13 +00005227 uint64_t NewTrueWeight = TrueWeight;
5228 uint64_t NewFalseWeight = TrueWeight + 2 * FalseWeight;
5229 scaleWeights(NewTrueWeight, NewFalseWeight);
5230 Br1->setMetadata(LLVMContext::MD_prof, MDBuilder(Br1->getContext())
5231 .createBranchWeights(TrueWeight, FalseWeight));
5232
5233 NewTrueWeight = TrueWeight;
5234 NewFalseWeight = 2 * FalseWeight;
5235 scaleWeights(NewTrueWeight, NewFalseWeight);
5236 Br2->setMetadata(LLVMContext::MD_prof, MDBuilder(Br2->getContext())
5237 .createBranchWeights(TrueWeight, FalseWeight));
5238 }
5239 } else {
5240 // Codegen X & Y as:
5241 // BB1:
5242 // jmp_if_X TmpBB
5243 // jmp FBB
5244 // TmpBB:
5245 // jmp_if_Y TBB
5246 // jmp FBB
5247 //
5248 // This requires creation of TmpBB after CurBB.
5249
5250 // We have flexibility in setting Prob for BB1 and Prob for TmpBB.
5251 // The requirement is that
5252 // FalseProb for BB1 + (TrueProb for BB1 * FalseProb for TmpBB)
5253 // = FalseProb for orignal BB.
5254 // Assuming the orignal weights are A and B, one choice is to set BB1's
5255 // weights to 2A+B and B, and set TmpBB's weights to 2A and B. This choice
5256 // assumes that
5257 // FalseProb for BB1 == TrueProb for BB1 * FalseProb for TmpBB.
5258 uint64_t TrueWeight, FalseWeight;
Juergen Ributzka194350a2014-12-09 17:32:12 +00005259 if (extractBranchMetadata(Br1, TrueWeight, FalseWeight)) {
Juergen Ributzkac1bbcbb2014-12-09 16:36:13 +00005260 uint64_t NewTrueWeight = 2 * TrueWeight + FalseWeight;
5261 uint64_t NewFalseWeight = FalseWeight;
5262 scaleWeights(NewTrueWeight, NewFalseWeight);
5263 Br1->setMetadata(LLVMContext::MD_prof, MDBuilder(Br1->getContext())
5264 .createBranchWeights(TrueWeight, FalseWeight));
5265
5266 NewTrueWeight = 2 * TrueWeight;
5267 NewFalseWeight = FalseWeight;
5268 scaleWeights(NewTrueWeight, NewFalseWeight);
5269 Br2->setMetadata(LLVMContext::MD_prof, MDBuilder(Br2->getContext())
5270 .createBranchWeights(TrueWeight, FalseWeight));
5271 }
5272 }
5273
Juergen Ributzkac1bbcbb2014-12-09 16:36:13 +00005274 // Note: No point in getting fancy here, since the DT info is never
Quentin Colombet7bdd50d2015-03-18 23:17:28 +00005275 // available to CodeGenPrepare.
Juergen Ributzkac1bbcbb2014-12-09 16:36:13 +00005276 ModifiedDT = true;
5277
5278 MadeChange = true;
5279
5280 DEBUG(dbgs() << "After branch condition splitting\n"; BB.dump();
5281 TmpBB->dump());
5282 }
5283 return MadeChange;
5284}
Piotr Padlewski6c15ec42015-09-15 18:32:14 +00005285
5286void CodeGenPrepare::stripInvariantGroupMetadata(Instruction &I) {
Piotr Padlewskiea092882015-09-17 20:25:07 +00005287 if (auto *InvariantMD = I.getMetadata(LLVMContext::MD_invariant_group))
Piotr Padlewski6c15ec42015-09-15 18:32:14 +00005288 I.dropUnknownNonDebugMetadata(InvariantMD->getMetadataID());
5289}